mirror of https://github.com/texmacs/doc.git
Documentation on Savannah from now on.
This commit is contained in:
Joris van der Hoeven
parent
27429dbc1f
commit
cad837ff17
|
|
@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.0.17>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Writing data converters>
|
||||
|
||||
If you are familiar with <apply|TeX>, <apply|LaTeX>, Html, Xml, Sgml,
|
||||
Mathml, Pdf, Rtf, or any other frequently used data format, please consider
|
||||
contributing to writing good converters for one or more of these formats.
|
||||
|
||||
Writing a specific converter for Pdf should not be very difficult, by
|
||||
adapting the file <verbatim|src/Window/PsDevice/printer.cpp>. Converters for
|
||||
other formats may be more complicated to write, and might sometimes require
|
||||
a closer collaboration with the main <TeXmacs> authors. In
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|<apply|menu|Help|Source code|Data
|
||||
format>|../../../devel/format/format.en.tm> you will find details about the
|
||||
<apply|TeXmacs> data format and in <apply|hyper-link|<apply|menu|Help|Sourc\
|
||||
e code|Data conversion>|../../../devel/source/conversions.en.tm> we give
|
||||
some suggestions which might be helpful for these projects.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|english>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Escribir conversores de datos>
|
||||
|
||||
Si usted está familiarizado con <apply|TeX>, <apply|LaTeX>, Html, Xml,
|
||||
Sgml, Mathml, Pdf, Rtf, o cualquier otro formato de datos usado
|
||||
frecuentemente, por favor considere contribuir para escribir buenos
|
||||
conversores para uno o más de esos formatos.
|
||||
|
||||
Escribir un conversor específico para Pdf no debería ser muy difícil,
|
||||
adaptando el archivo <verbatim|src/Window/PsDevice/printer.cpp>. Conversores
|
||||
para otros formatos pueden ser más complicados de escribir, y podrían
|
||||
algunas veces requerir una colaboración más cercana con los autores
|
||||
principales de <TeXmacs>. En <apply|hyper-link|<apply|menu|Ayuda|Formato
|
||||
del documento|Examinar>|../../../devel/format/format.en.tm> encontratá
|
||||
detalles acerca del formato de datos <apply|TeXmacs> y en
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|<apply|menu|Ayuda|Código fuente|Convertidores a otros
|
||||
formatos de datos>|../../../devel/source/conversions.en.tm> damos algunas
|
||||
sugerencias que podrían ser útiles para esos proyectos.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven, Offray Vladimir
|
||||
Luna Cárdenas>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Se garantiza el permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o
|
||||
modificar este documento bajo los terminos de la GNU Free Documentation
|
||||
License, Versión 1.1 o cualquier versión posterior publicada por la Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; sin Secciones Invariantes, sin Textos de Portada, y
|
||||
sin Textos de Contraportada. Una copia de la licencia está incluida en la
|
||||
sección titulada "GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|spanish>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Ayuda>|<with|font
|
||||
family|<quote|ss>|Formato del documento>|<with|font
|
||||
family|<quote|ss>|Examinar>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Ayuda>|<with|font
|
||||
family|<quote|ss>|Código fuente>|<with|font
|
||||
family|<quote|ss>|Convertidores a otros formatos de
|
||||
datos>>|<pageref|idx-2>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.10>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Écriture de convertisseurs de données>
|
||||
|
||||
Si vous connaissez bien <apply|TeX>, <apply|LaTeX>, Html, Xml, Sgml,
|
||||
Mathml, Pdf, Rtf, ou d'autres formats de données fréquemment utilisés,
|
||||
n'hésitez pas à contribuer à l'écriture de convertisseurs pour l'un ou
|
||||
l'autre de ces formats.
|
||||
|
||||
Écrire un convertisseur spécifique au format Pdf ne devrait pas être trop
|
||||
compliqué : il suffit d'adapter le fichier
|
||||
<verbatim|src/Window/PsDevice/printer.cpp>. L'écriture de convertisseurs
|
||||
pour d'autres formats est un peu plus délicate et peut demander, parfois,
|
||||
une collaboration étroite avec les auteurs principaux de TeXmacs. Vous
|
||||
trouverez des détails sur le format de données <apply|TeXmacs> dans
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|<apply|menu|Help|Source code|Data
|
||||
format>|../../../devel/format/format.fr.tm>, ainsi que certains suggestions
|
||||
utiles à la mise en oeuvre de ces projets dans
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|<apply|menu|Help|Source code|Data
|
||||
conversion>|../../../devel/source/conversions.en.tm>.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven|Michèle Garoche>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|french>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Aide>|<with|font
|
||||
family|<quote|ss>|Implantation>|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Format des
|
||||
données>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Aide>|<with|font
|
||||
family|<quote|ss>|Implantation>|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Conversion
|
||||
des données>>|<pageref|idx-2>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.18>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Scrivere convertitori di dati>
|
||||
|
||||
Se avete familiarità con <apply|TeX>, <apply|LaTeX>, Html, Xml, Sgml,
|
||||
Mathml, Pdf, Rtf, o con qualche altro formato di dati di uso frequente
|
||||
potreste contribuire a <TeXmacs> scrivendo un buon programma di conversione
|
||||
per uno o più formati.
|
||||
|
||||
Scrivere un convertitore Pdf adattando il file
|
||||
<verbatim|src/Window/PsDevice/printer.cpp> non dovrebbe presentare grosse
|
||||
difficoltà. Convertitori per altri formati potrebbero presentare problemi
|
||||
maggiori di implementazione e forse richiedere una più stretta
|
||||
collaborazione con gli autori principali di <TeXmacs>. In
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|<apply|menu|Help|Source code|Data
|
||||
format>|../../../devel/format/format.en.tm> sono disponibili dettagli sul
|
||||
formato dati di <apply|TeXmacs> e in <apply|hyper-link|<apply|menu|Help|Source
|
||||
code|Data conversion>|../../../devel/source/conversions.en.tm> vengono
|
||||
forniti suggerimenti utili per questo genere di progetti.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven, Andrea Centomo>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|italian>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Aiuto>|<with|font
|
||||
family|<quote|ss>|Codice sorgente>|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Formato
|
||||
dei dati>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Aiuto>|<with|font
|
||||
family|<quote|ss>|Codice sorgente>|<with|font
|
||||
family|<quote|ss>|Conversione di dati>>|<pageref|idx-2>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.0.17>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Become a <TeXmacs> developer>
|
||||
|
||||
Apart from the kind of contributions which have been described in more
|
||||
detail above, there are many more issues where your help would be
|
||||
appreciated. Please take a look at our <apply|hyper-link|plans for the
|
||||
future|../../projects/projects.en.tm> for more details. Of course, you
|
||||
should feel free to come up with your own ideas and share them with us on
|
||||
the <verbatim|texmacs-dev@gnu.org> mailing list!
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|english>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Convertirse en un desarrollador <TeXmacs>>
|
||||
|
||||
Aparte de la clase de contribuciones que han sido descritas en más detalle
|
||||
antes, hay muchos más asuntos donde su ayuda sería apreciada. Por favor
|
||||
tomé un vistazo a nuestros <apply|hyper-link|planes para el
|
||||
futuro|../../projects/projects.es.tm> para más detalles. Por supuesto,
|
||||
debería sentirse libre de venir con sus propias ideas y compartirlas con
|
||||
nosotros en la lista de correo <verbatim|texmacs-dev@gnu.org>!
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven, Offray Vladimir
|
||||
Luna Cárdenas>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Se garantiza el permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o
|
||||
modificar este documento bajo los terminos de la GNU Free Documentation
|
||||
License, Versión 1.1 o cualquier versión posterior publicada por la Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; sin Secciones Invariantes, sin Textos de Portada, y
|
||||
sin Textos de Contraportada. Una copia de la licencia está incluida en la
|
||||
sección titulada "GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|spanish>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.10>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Comment devenir un développeur <TeXmacs>>
|
||||
|
||||
En dehors du type de contributions qui ont été détaillées plus haut, il
|
||||
existe de nombreux autres domaines où votre aide nous serait d'un grand
|
||||
secours. Apart from the kind of contributions which have been described in
|
||||
more detail above, there are many more issues where your help would be
|
||||
appreciated. Voyez <apply|hyper-link|projets pour
|
||||
l'avenir|../../projects/projects.fr.tm> pour de plus amples informations.
|
||||
Vous pouvez, bien sûr, exposer vos propres idées sur la liste de diffusion
|
||||
<verbatim|texmacs-dev@gnu.org> !
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven|Michèle Garoche>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|french>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.18>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Diventare uno sviluppatore di <TeXmacs>>
|
||||
|
||||
Oltre al genere di contributi che è stato descritto dettagliatamente in
|
||||
precedenza, ci sono molti altri aspetti in cui un aiuto sarebbe gradito.
|
||||
Per ulteriori dettagli potete dare un'occhiata ai nostri
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|progetti futuri|../../projects/projects.it.tm>.
|
||||
Naturalmente sentitevi liberi di proporre idee nuove e di condividerle con
|
||||
noi nella mailing list <verbatim|texmacs-dev@gnu.org>!
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven, Andrea Centomo>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|italian>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.0.17>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Informationen zum Urheberrecht & die Free Documentation
|
||||
License>
|
||||
|
||||
Die gesamte Dokumentation auf der <verbatim|texmacs-doc> Seite steht unter
|
||||
der <apply|hyper-link|GNU Free Documentation License|../../../fdl.txt>.
|
||||
Wenn sie Dokumentation für <TeXmacs> auf dieser Seite schreiben, dann
|
||||
stimmen sie zu, daÿ diese auch unter dieser Lizenz verbreitet werden darf.
|
||||
Die Notiz zum Urheberrecht
|
||||
|
||||
<\expand|quote>
|
||||
<verbatim|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
|
||||
document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version
|
||||
1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with
|
||||
no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
|
||||
Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
|
||||
Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</expand>
|
||||
|
||||
sollte am Ende <em|jeder> Datei spezifiziert werden. Dies sollte durch das
|
||||
<markup|tmdoc-license> Makro geschehen, ähnlich wie am Ende dieses
|
||||
Dokuments. Damit wird erreicht, daÿ aus den verschiedenen Hilfe-Dateien
|
||||
auch ein automatisch generiertes, druckfertiges Buch erstellten werden
|
||||
kann, das diese Lizenz nur einmal enthält.
|
||||
|
||||
Sie behalten (zum Teil) das Urheberrecht auf alle Dokumentation, die sie
|
||||
für <TeXmacs> auf der offiziellen <verbatim|texmacs-doc> Seite schhreiben.
|
||||
Wenn sie oder andere Ergänzungen zu (oder Modifikationen in, oder
|
||||
Übersetzungen von) Dokumentionen machen, dann sollten sie ihren Namen in
|
||||
der bestehenden Liste (an einer entsprechenden Stelle, für gewöhnlich am
|
||||
Ende) der Urheberrechts-Information hinzufügen. Die Notiz über das
|
||||
Urheberrecht sollte spezifiziert werden mit der <markup|tmdoc-copyright>
|
||||
Funktion, genau über der Lizenz-Information am Ende des Dokuments. Das
|
||||
erste Argument dieser Funktion enthält ein Jahr oder eine Zeitspanne. Jedes
|
||||
übrige Argument erklärt einen der Urheber. Falls verschiedene Dokumente
|
||||
(oder Teile davon) zusammengefügt werden zu einem anderen Dokument, sollten
|
||||
sie auch die Urheber zusammenführen. Für Cover-Informationen (zum Beispiel
|
||||
auf einem gedruckten Buch) ist es erlaubt, nur die prinzipiellen Autoren zu
|
||||
nennen, aber eine komplette Liste muss an einer klar ausgewiesenen Stelle
|
||||
beigefügt werden.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|german>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.0.17>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Copyright information & the Free Documentation License>
|
||||
|
||||
All documentation on the <verbatim|texmacs-doc> site falls under the
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|GNU Free Documentation License|../../../fdl.txt>. If you
|
||||
write documentation for <TeXmacs> on this site, then you have to agree that
|
||||
it will be distributed under this license too. The copyright notice
|
||||
|
||||
<\expand|quote>
|
||||
<verbatim|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
|
||||
document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version
|
||||
1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with
|
||||
no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
|
||||
Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
|
||||
Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</expand>
|
||||
|
||||
should be specified at the end of <em|each> file. This should be done
|
||||
inside the <markup|tmdoc-license> macro, in a similar way as at the end of
|
||||
the present document. When automatically generating a printed book from
|
||||
several documentation files, this will enable us to include the license
|
||||
only once.
|
||||
|
||||
You keep (part of) the copyright of all documentation that you will write
|
||||
for <TeXmacs> on the official <verbatim|texmacs-doc> site. When you or
|
||||
others make additions to (or modifications in, or translations of) the
|
||||
document, then you should add your own name (at an appropriate place,
|
||||
usually at the end) to the existing copyright information. The copyright
|
||||
notice should be specified using the <markup|tmdoc-copyright> function just
|
||||
before the license information at the end of the document. The first
|
||||
argument of this function contains a year or a period. Each remaining
|
||||
argument indicates one of the copyright holders. When combining (pieces of)
|
||||
several documents into another one, you should merge the copyright holders.
|
||||
For cover information (on a printed book for instance), you are allowed to
|
||||
list only the principal authors, but a complete list should be given at a
|
||||
clearly indicated place.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|english>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Información de Copyright & La Licencia de Documentación
|
||||
Libre>
|
||||
|
||||
Toda la documentación en el sitio <verbatim|texmacs-doc> cae bajo la
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|Licencia GNU de Documentación Libre |../../../fdl.txt>.
|
||||
Si usted escribe documentación para <TeXmacs> en este sitio, entonces tiene
|
||||
que estar de aceurdo que esta será distribuida bajo esta licencia también.
|
||||
La nota de copyright
|
||||
|
||||
<\expand|quote>
|
||||
<\verbatim>
|
||||
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
|
||||
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
|
||||
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
|
||||
Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
|
||||
Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
|
||||
Free Documentation License".
|
||||
</verbatim>
|
||||
</expand>
|
||||
|
||||
debe ser especificada al final de <em|cada> archivo. Esto debe ser hecho
|
||||
dentro del macro <markup|tmdoc-license>, en forma similar a como está al
|
||||
final del presente documento. Cuando automáticamente se genere un libro
|
||||
impreso desde varios archivos de documentación, esto nos habilitará para
|
||||
incluir la licencia sólamente una vez.
|
||||
|
||||
Usted mantiene (parte de) el copyright de toda la documentación que usted
|
||||
escribirá para <TeXmacs> en el sitio oficial <verbatim|texmacs-doc>. Cuando
|
||||
usted u otros hagan adiciones a (o modificaciones en, o traducciones de) el
|
||||
documento, entonces usted debería adicionar su propio nombre (en un lugar
|
||||
apropiado, usualmente al final) a la información de copyright existente. La
|
||||
nota de copyright debe ser especificada usando la función
|
||||
<markup|tmdoc-copyright> justo antes de la información de la licencia al
|
||||
final del documento. El primer argumento de esta función contien un año o
|
||||
un periodo. Cada argumento restante indica uno de los propietarios del
|
||||
copyright. Cuando se combinan (piezas de) varios documentos en otro, usted
|
||||
debería mezclar los propietarios del copyright. Para la información de
|
||||
cubierta (en un libro impreso por ejemplo), le está permitido listar sólo
|
||||
los autores principales, pero una lista completa debería ser dada en un
|
||||
lugar cláramente indicado.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven, Offray Vladimir
|
||||
Luna Cárdenas>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Se garantiza el permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o
|
||||
modificar este documento bajo los terminos de la GNU Free Documentation
|
||||
License, Versión 1.1 o cualquier versión posterior publicada por la Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; sin Secciones Invariantes, sin Textos de Portada, y
|
||||
sin Textos de Contraportada. Una copia de la licencia está incluida en la
|
||||
sección titulada "GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|spanish>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tmdoc-license>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tmdoc-copyright>>|<pageref|idx-2>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.10>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Droits d'auteur et Licence de Documentation Libre>
|
||||
|
||||
L'ensemble de la documentation du site <verbatim|texmacs-doc> est régie par
|
||||
la <apply|hyper-link|Licence de Documentation Libre GNU|../../../fdl.txt>.
|
||||
Si vous participez à l'élaboration de documentation pour <TeXmacs> sur ce
|
||||
site, vous devez accepter que cette documentation soit distribuée suivant
|
||||
les termes de cette licence. Mention de la licence :
|
||||
|
||||
<\expand|quote>
|
||||
<verbatim|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
|
||||
document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version
|
||||
1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with
|
||||
no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
|
||||
Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
|
||||
Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</expand>
|
||||
|
||||
doit être faite en fin de <em|chaque> fichier. Cette mention doit être
|
||||
incorporée avec la macro <markup|tmdoc-license>, comme cela a été fait dans
|
||||
le présent document. Cela nous permet, lors de la création automatique d'un
|
||||
livre destiné à l'impression, de n'inclure la licence qu'une seule fois.
|
||||
|
||||
Vous conservez (partie) des droits d'auteur sur tout document écrit pour
|
||||
<TeXmacs> sur le site officiel <verbatim|texmacs-doc>. Si vous faites des
|
||||
ajouts ou des modifications à un document (ou le traduisez), vous devez
|
||||
ajouter votre nom (à l'endroit approprié, généralement à la fin) au
|
||||
copyright existant. Les droits d'auteur doivent être incorporés avec la
|
||||
fonction <markup|tmdoc-copyright> juste avant la mention de la licence à la
|
||||
fin du document. Le premier argument de la fonction correspond à l'année ou
|
||||
à la période. Les autres arguments indiquent les ayant-droits. Lors de la
|
||||
fusion de plusieurs documents (ou parties de documents), vous devez aussi
|
||||
fusionner les copyrights. Pour les couvertures (d'un livre destiné à
|
||||
l'impression par exemple), vous pouvez ne mentionner que les auteurs
|
||||
principaux, mais vous devez par ailleurs fournir une liste complète des
|
||||
ayant-droits et mentionner clairement l'endroit où elle se trouve.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven|Michèle Garoche>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|french>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tmdoc-license>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tmdoc-copyright>>|<pageref|idx-2>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.18>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<with|language|italian|><expand|tmdoc-title|Copyright e licenza GNU>
|
||||
|
||||
Tutta la documentazione contenuta in <verbatim|texmacs-doc> viene
|
||||
rilasciata con licenza <apply|hyper-link|GNU Free Documentation
|
||||
License|../../../fdl.txt>. Nel momento in cui scrivete nuova documentazione
|
||||
per <TeXmacs> in questo sito, dovete accettare che anche quest'ultima venga
|
||||
distribuita con la medesima licenza. La seguente nota sul copyright
|
||||
|
||||
<\expand|quote>
|
||||
<verbatim|Si garantisce il permesso di copiare, distribuire e/o
|
||||
modificare questo documento nei termini previsti dalla licenza GNU Free
|
||||
Documentation License, Versione 1.1 o successiva pubblicata dalla Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; senza includere sezioni non modificabili, senza
|
||||
includere testi sia nella copertina anteriore che posteriore. Copia della
|
||||
licenza viene inclusa nella sezione recante il titolo "GNU Free
|
||||
Documentation License".>
|
||||
</expand>
|
||||
|
||||
deve quindi essere specificata al termine di <em|ogni> file. Questo si può
|
||||
fare, come potete vedere alla fine di questo documento, all'interno della
|
||||
macro <markup|tmdoc-license>. Nel momento in cui, a partire da molti file
|
||||
di documentazione, si genera un unico testo ciò permette di includere la
|
||||
licenza una volta per tutte.
|
||||
|
||||
Tutti coloro che parteciperanno alla redazione di documentazione per
|
||||
<TeXmacs> nel sito ufficiale <verbatim|texmacs-doc> acquisiranno, almeno in
|
||||
parte, i diritti di copyright sull'intera documentazione redatta. Nel
|
||||
momento in cui qualcuno apporti modifiche o aggiunte (incluse traduzioni)
|
||||
ad un documento il suo nome verrà aggiunto alla nota informativa sul
|
||||
copyright, in un luogo appropriato (tipicamente alla fine del documento).
|
||||
La nota di copyright deve essere specificata utilizzando la funzione
|
||||
<markup|tmdoc-copyright>, prima dell'informativa riguardante la licenza che
|
||||
compare alla fine del documento. Il primo argomento di questa funzione
|
||||
contiene l'anno o il periodo di redazione del documento. L'argomento
|
||||
successivo contiene i detentori del copyright. Nel momento in cui parti di
|
||||
documenti differenti venissero aggregate in un unico documento, in esso
|
||||
verranno menzionati tutti i detentori del copyright. Come informazione di
|
||||
copertina, ad esempio in un libro stampato, è concesso il riferimento ai
|
||||
soli autori principali, anche se una lista completa degli autori deve
|
||||
essere chiaramente riportata in un luogo segnalato chiaramente.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven, Andrea Centomo>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|italian>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tmdoc-license>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tmdoc-copyright>>|<pageref|idx-2>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.0.7>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Benutzung des <name|cvs>>
|
||||
|
||||
Die aktuelle \ <TeXmacs> Dokumentation wird zur Zeit auf
|
||||
<verbatim|http://savannah.gnu.org> mittels des <name|cvs> (Concurrent
|
||||
Version System) gepflegt. Wenn sie zum Projekt beitragen wollen, sollten
|
||||
sie sich zuerst einen Account auf der Seite einrichten. Wenn sie das
|
||||
gemacht haben, senden sie mir eine eMail an <verbatim|vdhoeven@texmacs.org>
|
||||
und fragen mich danach, ihren Namen zur Liste der Entwickler hinzuzufügen.
|
||||
Daraufhin sind die in der Lage, die Dokumentation mittles des <name|cvs> zu
|
||||
editieren. Um sich darüber zu informieren, wie das genau geht, können sie
|
||||
die Seite <verbatim|http://savannah.gnu.org/cvs/?group_id=1747>
|
||||
konsultieren.
|
||||
|
||||
In Wirklichkeit ist das <name|cvs> nicht gerade ideal für unsere Ansprüche,
|
||||
denn es ist nicht sehr dynamisch. In Zukunft planen wir eine eigene
|
||||
Publikations-Seite zu erstellen, die es erlauben wird, Dokumentation direkt
|
||||
ins Netz zu speichern. Sie sollte dann auch erlauben, die Dokumentation
|
||||
automatisch zu anderen Formaten zu konvertieren, um zum Bespiel Bücher
|
||||
zusammenzustellen, usw.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|german>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.0.5>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Using <name|cvs>>
|
||||
|
||||
The present <TeXmacs> documentation is currently maintained on
|
||||
<verbatim|http://savannah.gnu.org> using <name|cvs> (Concurrent Version
|
||||
System). In order to contribute, you should first create an account there.
|
||||
When you are done with this, you should send me an email at
|
||||
<verbatim|vdhoeven@texmacs.org> and ask me to add your name to the list of
|
||||
documenters. After that, you will be able to modify the documentation using
|
||||
<name|cvs>. For information on how to do that, you should consult
|
||||
<verbatim|http://savannah.gnu.org/cvs/?group_id=1747>.
|
||||
|
||||
In fact, the <name|cvs> system is not ideal for our documentation purpose,
|
||||
because it is not very dynamic. In the future, we plan to create a
|
||||
dedicated publication website, which will allow you to save documents
|
||||
directly to the web. It should also allow the automatic conversion of the
|
||||
documentation to other formats, the compilation of books, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|english>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Usando <name|cvs>>
|
||||
|
||||
La presente documentación de <TeXmacs> es actualmente mantenida en
|
||||
<verbatim|http://savannah.gnu.org> usando <name|cvs> (Concurrent Version
|
||||
System, Sistema de Versión Concurrente). A fin de contribuir, usted debe
|
||||
primero crear una cuenta allí. Cuando haya hecho esto, debe enviarme un
|
||||
correo a <verbatim|vdhoeven@texmacs.org> y pedirme adicionar su nombre a la
|
||||
lista de documentadores. Después de eso, será capaz de modificar la
|
||||
documentación usando <name|cvs>. Para información sobre como hacer eso,
|
||||
debe consultar <verbatim|http://savannah.gnu.org/cvs/?group_id=1747>.
|
||||
|
||||
De hecho, el sistema <name|cvs> no es ideal para nuestro propósito de
|
||||
documentación, porque no es muy dinámico. En el futuro, planeamos crear un
|
||||
sitio Web dedicado a la publicación, el cual nos permitirá salvar
|
||||
documentos directamente en la Web. Debería también permitir la conversión
|
||||
de la documentación a otros formatos, la compilación de libros, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven, Offray Vladimir
|
||||
Luna Cárdenas>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Se garantiza el permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o
|
||||
modificar este documento bajo los terminos de la GNU Free Documentation
|
||||
License, Versión 1.1 o cualquier versión posterior publicada por la Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; sin Secciones Invariantes, sin Textos de Portada, y
|
||||
sin Textos de Contraportada. Una copia de la licencia está incluida en la
|
||||
sección titulada "GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|spanish>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.10>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Utilisation de <name|cvs>>
|
||||
|
||||
Cette documentation <TeXmacs> est actuellement gérée sur
|
||||
<verbatim|http://savannah.gnu.org> à l'aide de <name|cvs> (Concurrent
|
||||
Version System). Pour pouvoir contribuer, vous devez d'abord créer un
|
||||
compte sur ce site. Quand c'est fait, envoyez-moi un email à l'adresse
|
||||
suivante : <verbatim|vdhoeven@texmacs.org> pour que j'ajoute votre nom à la
|
||||
liste des participants à la documentation. Ensuite, vous pourrez modifier
|
||||
la documentation avec <name|cvs>. Pour de plus amples informations sur la
|
||||
façon de faire, allez sur <verbatim|http://savannah.gnu.org/cvs/?group_id=1747>.
|
||||
|
||||
En fait, le système <name|cvs> n'est pas idéal pour gérer la documentation,
|
||||
car il n'est pas très dynamique. On a prévu de créer plus tard un site web
|
||||
dédié à la documentation, qui permettra de sauvegarder directement les
|
||||
documents, ainsi que la conversion automatique vers d'autres formats, la
|
||||
compilation des livres, etc...
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven|Michèle Garoche>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|french>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.18>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Usare <name|cvs>>
|
||||
|
||||
L'attuale documentazione di <TeXmacs> è mantenuta nel sito
|
||||
<verbatim|http://savannah.gnu.org> utilizzando il sistema <name|cvs>
|
||||
(Concurrent Version System). Per contribuire alla documentazione è
|
||||
necessario prima di tutto crearsi un account personale nel sito sopra
|
||||
indicato e succeessivamente spedire un'email a Joris van der Hoeven
|
||||
(<verbatim|vdhoeven@texmacs.org>) chiedendo di essere inclusi nella lista
|
||||
degli addetti alla documentazione. Solo dopo aver fatto questo sarete in
|
||||
grado di accedere al <name|cvs> per aggiungere o modificare la
|
||||
documentazione. Per informazioni più dettagliate potete consultare il sito
|
||||
<verbatim|http://savannah.gnu.org/cvs/?group_id=1747>.
|
||||
|
||||
Il sistema <name|cvs> non appare del tutto conveniente ai nostri propositi
|
||||
per lo sviluppo della documentazione, in quanto risulta poco dinamico. Per
|
||||
questo, in futuro, si pensa di creare un sito web interamente dedicato alle
|
||||
pubblicazioni, che permetta sia di salvare la documentazione direttamente
|
||||
sul web, sia di effettuare automaticamente la conversione in diversi
|
||||
formati e la compilazione di libri, ecc....
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven, Andrea Centomo>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|italian>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.0.17>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Zur GNU <TeXmacs> Dokumentation beitragen>
|
||||
|
||||
Es besteht eine groÿe Nachfrage nach guter Dokumentation für <TeXmacs>
|
||||
ebenso wie nach Menschen, die sich bereit erklären, bestehende
|
||||
Dokumentation in andere Sprachen zu übersetzen. Das Ziel dieser Seite ist
|
||||
eine qualitätiv hochwertige Dokumentation zur Verfügung zu stellen. Deshalb
|
||||
sollten sie sorgfältig die Richtlinien, wie man solche Dokumentation
|
||||
schreibt, lesen.
|
||||
|
||||
<\traverse>
|
||||
<branch|Einführung|introduction|introduction.de.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<branch|Benutzung des <name|cvs>|using cvs|cvs.de.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<branch|Verzeichnisse und Dateinamen|file names|file-names.de.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<branch|Informationen zum Urheberrecht und die
|
||||
Lizenz|copyright|copyright.de.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<branch|Automatisches Durchlaufen der
|
||||
Dokumentation|traversal|traversal.de.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<branch|Mehr über den tmdoc Dokument-Stil|tmdoc style|tmdoc-style.de.tm>
|
||||
</traverse>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|german>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.0.17>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Contribute to the GNU <TeXmacs> documentation>
|
||||
|
||||
There is a high need for good documentation on <TeXmacs> as well as people
|
||||
who are willing to translate the existing documentation into other
|
||||
languages. The aim of this site is to provide high quality documentation.
|
||||
Therefore, you should carefully read the guide-lines on how to write such
|
||||
documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
<\traverse>
|
||||
<branch|Introduction|introduction|introduction.en.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<branch|Using <name|cvs>|using cvs|cvs.en.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<branch|Directories and file names|file names|file-names.en.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<branch|Copyright information and the license|copyright|copyright.en.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<branch|Automatic traversal of the documentation|traversal|traversal.en.t\
|
||||
m>
|
||||
|
||||
<branch|More about the tmdoc document style|tmdoc
|
||||
style|tmdoc-style.en.tm>
|
||||
</traverse>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|english>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Contribuir a la documentación de GNU <TeXmacs> >
|
||||
|
||||
Existe una alta necesidad de buena documentación sobre <TeXmacs> como
|
||||
también gente que esté deseosa de traducir la documentación existente a
|
||||
otros lenguajes. La intensión de este sitio es proveer documentación de
|
||||
alta calidad. Por esto, usted debe cuidadosamente leer las líneas guía
|
||||
sobre como escribir tal documentación.
|
||||
|
||||
<\traverse>
|
||||
<apply|branch|Introducción|introduction.es.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|branch|Usar <name|cvs>|cvs.es.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|branch|Directorios y nombres de archivos|file-names.es.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|branch|Información de Copyright y la licencia|copyright.es.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|branch|Recorrido automático de la documentación|traversal.es.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|branch|Más acerca de el estilo de documento
|
||||
tmdoc|tmdoc-style.es.tm>
|
||||
</traverse>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven, Offray Vladimir
|
||||
Luna Cárdenas>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Se garantiza el permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o
|
||||
modificar este documento bajo los terminos de la GNU Free Documentation
|
||||
License, Versión 1.1 o cualquier versión posterior publicada por la Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; sin Secciones Invariantes, sin Textos de Portada, y
|
||||
sin Textos de Contraportada. Una copia de la licencia está incluida en la
|
||||
sección titulada "GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|spanish>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.10>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<\expand|tmdoc-title>
|
||||
Contribution à l'enrichissement de la
|
||||
|
||||
\ \ \ \ \ documentation GNU <TeXmacs>
|
||||
</expand>
|
||||
|
||||
Nous avons un besoin crucial d'une bonne documentation sur <TeXmacs> ainsi
|
||||
que de personnes pour traduire la documentation existante. Le but de ce
|
||||
site est de fournir une documentation de qualité. Si vous désirez y
|
||||
contribuer, veuillez lire les règles suivantes à respecter pour écrire une
|
||||
telle documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
<\traverse>
|
||||
<apply|branch|Introduction|introduction.fr.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|branch|Utilisation de <name|cvs>|cvs.fr.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|branch|Répertoires et noms de fichiers|file-names.fr.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|branch|Droits d'auteur et licence|copyright.fr.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|branch|Navigation automatique dans la
|
||||
documentation|traversal.fr.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|branch|Le style tmdoc|tmdoc-style.fr.tm>
|
||||
</traverse>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven|Michèle Garoche>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|french>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.18>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Contribuire alla documentazione di GNU <TeXmacs> >
|
||||
|
||||
Abbiamo grande bisogno sia di documentazione nuova su <TeXmacs> sia di
|
||||
persone che siano disponibili a tradurre la documentazione esistente in
|
||||
altre lingue. Lo scopo delle seguenti indicazioni è di provvedere alcuni
|
||||
criteri per lo sviluppo di documentazione di qualità. Per questo è
|
||||
necessario leggere attentamente queste linee guida su come redarre la
|
||||
documentazione.
|
||||
|
||||
<\traverse>
|
||||
<apply|branch|Introduzione|introduction.it.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|branch|Usare <name|cvs>|cvs.it.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|branch|Convenzioni e nomi dei file|file-names.it.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|branch|Copyright e licenza GNU|copyright.en.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|branch|Spostamenti automatici nella
|
||||
documentazione|traversal.it.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|branch|Ulteriori informazioni sullo stile tmdoc|tmdoc-style.it.tm>
|
||||
</traverse>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven, Andrea Centomo>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|italian>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.0.7>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Konventionen für die Dateibenennung>
|
||||
|
||||
Die meiste Dokumentation sollten als ein Unterpunkt zum Thema des
|
||||
Verzeichnisbaum organisiert werden. Die Unterverzeichnisse des
|
||||
Hauptverzeichnisses sind die folgenden:
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|devel>Dokumentation für Enwickler.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|examples>Beispiele für <TeXmacs> Dokumente.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|incoming>Neue Dokumentation, die noch etwas unausgereigt
|
||||
ist.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|main>Der Hauptzweig der Dokumentation.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|meta>Wie man Dokumentation schreibt und kompiliert.
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
Bitte versuchen sie Zahl der Einträge pro Verzeichnis auf einem
|
||||
vernünftigen kleinen Maÿ zu halten.
|
||||
|
||||
Dateinamen im Hauptverzeichnis sollten von der Form sein:
|
||||
<verbatim|typ-name.sprache.tm>. In anderen verzeichnissen sind sie von der
|
||||
Form: <verbatim|name.sprache.tm>. Hierbei ist <verbatim|typ> eine
|
||||
Hauptbezeichnung für den Typ der Dokumentation; es sollte eins der folgenen
|
||||
sein:
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|adv>Dokumentation für fortgeschrittene Anwender.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|man>Zur Einfügung in das <TeXmacs> manual.\
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|tut>Zur Einfügung in das <TeXmacs>-Tutorial.
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
Sie sollten versuchen, Dokumentation über dasselbe Theme zusammen zuhalten,
|
||||
unabhängig vom Typ. Dies erlaubt ihnen bereits existierende Dokumentation
|
||||
über ein bestimmtes Gebiet einfacher zu finden. Auch mag es passieren, daÿ
|
||||
sie Dokumentation im manual einfügen wollen, die eigentlich für das
|
||||
Tutorial gedacht war. Die <verbatim|Sprache> in der die Dokumentation
|
||||
geschrieben wurde, sollte mit dem 2-Buchstaben Code gekennzeichnet werden
|
||||
(wie <verbatim|en>, <verbatim|fr>, usw.). Die <verbatim|Hauptbezeichung>
|
||||
ihrer Datei sollte aber dieselbe bleiben wie in anderen Übersetzungen. Zum
|
||||
Beispiel sollte <verbatim|man-keyboard.en.tm> nicht in
|
||||
<verbatim|man-clavier.fr.tm> übersetzt werden.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|german>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.0.5>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Conventions for the names of files>
|
||||
|
||||
Most documentation should be organized as a function of the topic in a
|
||||
directory tree. The subdirectories of the top directory are the following:
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|devel>Documentation for developers.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|examples>Examples of <TeXmacs> documents.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|incoming>Incoming documentation, which is still a bit
|
||||
experimental.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|main>The main documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|meta>How to write documentation and the compilation of
|
||||
documentation.
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
Please try to keep the number of entries per directory reasonably small.
|
||||
|
||||
File names in the main directory should be of the form
|
||||
<verbatim|type-name.language.tm>. In the other directories, they are of the
|
||||
form <verbatim|name.language.tm>. Here <verbatim|type> is a major
|
||||
indication for the type of documentation; it should be one of the
|
||||
following:
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|adv>Documentation for advanced users.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|man>For inclusion in the <TeXmacs> manual.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|tut>For inclusion in the <TeXmacs> tutorial.
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
You should try to keep the documentation on the same topic together,
|
||||
regardless of the type. Indeed, this allows you to find more easily all
|
||||
existing documentation on a particular topic. Also, it may happen that you
|
||||
want to include some documentation which was initially meant for the
|
||||
tutorial in the manual. The <verbatim|language> in which is the
|
||||
documentation has been written should be a two letter code like
|
||||
<verbatim|en>, <verbatim|fr>, etc. The main <verbatim|name> of your file
|
||||
should be the same for the translations in other languages. For instance,
|
||||
<verbatim|man-keyboard.en.tm> should not be translated as
|
||||
<verbatim|man-clavier.fr.tm>.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|english>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Convenciones para los nombres de archivos>
|
||||
|
||||
La mayoría de la documentación debe ser organizada como una función del
|
||||
tópico en un arbol de directorios. Los subdirectorios en el directorio
|
||||
superior son los siguientes:
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|devel>Documentación para desarrolladores.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|examples>Ejemplos de documentos <TeXmacs>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|incoming>Documentación por venir, la cual es aún un poco
|
||||
experimental.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|main>La documentación principal.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|meta>Como escribir documentación y la compilación de
|
||||
documentación.
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
Por favor trate de mantener el número de entradas por directorio
|
||||
razonablemente pequeño.
|
||||
|
||||
Los nombres de archivos en el directorio principal deben ser de la forma
|
||||
<verbatim|nombre-tipo.lenguaje.tm>. En los otros directorios, ellos son de
|
||||
la forma <verbatim|nombre.lenguaje.tm>. Aquí <verbatim|tipo> es una
|
||||
indicación principal del tipo de documentación; debe ser uno de los
|
||||
siguientes:
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|adv>Documentación para usuarios avanzados.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|man>Para inclusión en el manual <TeXmacs>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|tut>Para inclusión en el tutorial <TeXmacs>.
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
Usted debe tratar de mantener la documentación sobre el mismo tema junta,
|
||||
sin consideraciones del tipo. De hecho, esto le permite encontrar más
|
||||
fácilmente toda la documentación existente sobre un tópico particular.
|
||||
También, puede pasar que usted quiere incluir documentación la cual fue
|
||||
incialmente concebida para el tutorial o el manual. El <verbatim|lenguaje>
|
||||
en el cual esta documentación ha diso escrita debe ser un código de dos
|
||||
letras como <verbatim|en>, <verbatim|fr>, etc. El <verbatim|nombre>
|
||||
principal de su archivo debería ser el mismo para traducciónes en otros
|
||||
lenguajes. Por ejemplo <verbatim|man-keyboard.en.tm> no debe ser traducido
|
||||
como <verbatim|man-clavier.fr.tm>.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven, Offray Vladimir
|
||||
Luna Cárdenas>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Se garantiza el permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o
|
||||
modificar este documento bajo los terminos de la GNU Free Documentation
|
||||
License, Versión 1.1 o cualquier versión posterior publicada por la Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; sin Secciones Invariantes, sin Textos de Portada, y
|
||||
sin Textos de Contraportada. Una copia de la licencia está incluida en la
|
||||
sección titulada "GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|spanish>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.10>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Conventions de noms de fichiers>
|
||||
|
||||
La majeure partie des documents doivent être insérés en fonction d'un sujet
|
||||
dans une arborescence de répertoires. Les sous-répertoires du répertoire
|
||||
principal sont les suivants :
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|devel>Documentation pour développeurs.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|examples>Exemples de documents <TeXmacs>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|incoming>Documents en devenir, sujets à variation.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|main>Documentation principale.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|meta>Documentation sur la création et la compilation de
|
||||
documents.
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
Essayez de ne pas créer trop de fichiers par répertoire.
|
||||
|
||||
Les noms des fichiers dans le répertoire main sont du type
|
||||
<verbatim|type-nom.langue.tm>. Dans les autres répertoires, ils sont de la
|
||||
forme <verbatim|nom.langue.tm>. Ici <verbatim|type> représente un certain
|
||||
type de documentation ; ce soit être l'un des suivants :
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|adv>Documentation pour utilisateurs expérimentés.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|man>Documentation à inclure dans le guide <TeXmacs>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|tut>Documentation à inclure dans le tutoriel <TeXmacs>.
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
Vous devez essayer de regrouper la documentation sur un sujet donné, quel
|
||||
qu'en soit le type. En effet, ceci permet de retrouver plus facilement tous
|
||||
les documents existants sur un sujet particulier. Il peut arriver aussi que
|
||||
l'on veuille incorporer dans le guide des documents prévus au départ pour
|
||||
le tutoriel. La <verbatim|langue> dans laquelle le document a été écrit est
|
||||
un code de deux lettres, comme par exemple : <verbatim|en>, <verbatim|fr>,
|
||||
etc... Le <verbatim|nom> du fichier doit être le même quelle que soit la
|
||||
langue. Par exemple, <verbatim|man-keyboard.en.tm> ne doit pas être traduit
|
||||
par <verbatim|man-clavier.fr.tm>, mais devenir man-keyboard.fr.tm.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven|Michèle Garoche>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|french>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.18>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Convenzioni e nomi dei file>
|
||||
|
||||
La documentazione viene organizzata in funzione dell'argomento all'interno
|
||||
di un albero di directory. Le sottodirectory della directory principale
|
||||
sono le seguenti:
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|devel>documentazione per sviluppatori;
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|examples>esempi di documenti in <TeXmacs>;
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|incoming>documentazione in stato embrionale;
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|main>documentazione principale;
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|meta>come scrivere documentazione e come compilarla.
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
Come indicazione generale si cerca di mantenere il numero di file per
|
||||
directory ragionevolmente ridotto.
|
||||
|
||||
I nomi dei file nella directory principale (main) hanno la forma
|
||||
<verbatim|tipo-nome.lingua.tm>. Nelle altre directory la forma è
|
||||
<verbatim|nome.lingua.tm>. Con <verbatim|tipo> si intende un'indicazione di
|
||||
massima riguardante la caratteristica generale della documentazione come:
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|adv>documentazione per utilizzatori esperti;
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|man>documentazione per il manuale di <TeXmacs>;
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|tut>documentazione per il tutorial di <TeXmacs>.
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
La documentazione riferita ad uno stesso argomento viene tenuta unita,
|
||||
indipendentemente dal tipo. In questo modo risulta più semplice trovare
|
||||
parti di documentazione esistente relative ad uno stesso argomento. Può
|
||||
accadere inoltre che parti della documentazione inizialmente scritte per il
|
||||
tutorial vengano inserite nel manuale o viceversa. La <verbatim|lingua> in
|
||||
cui viene redatta la documentazione viene indicata da un codice di due
|
||||
lettere come, ad esempio, <verbatim|en>, <verbatim|fr> e così via. Il
|
||||
<verbatim|nome> di ciascun documento rimane invariato all'interno delle
|
||||
traduzioni nelle diverse lingue. Così, ad esempio, il documento
|
||||
<verbatim|man-keyboard.en.tm>, una volta tradotto in francese, non diviene
|
||||
<verbatim|man-clavier.fr.tm>. ma semplicemente
|
||||
<verbatim|man-keyboard.fr.tm>.\
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven, Andrea Centomo>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|italian>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.0.14>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Einführung: Wie man beitragen kann>
|
||||
|
||||
Qualitativ hochwertige Dokumentation zu erstellen ist sowohl eine Frage des
|
||||
Inhalts wie auch der Struktur. Der Inhalt selbst muss dabei so pädagogisch
|
||||
wie möglich sein für die Zielgruppe der Leser. Um dies zu erreichen, sollte
|
||||
man nicht zögern, so viele Beispiele und Illustrationen (z.B. Screenshots)
|
||||
einzufügen, wie es sinnvoll ist. Gleichwohl die Dokumentation nicht
|
||||
notwendigerweise den Anspruch hat, komplett zu sein, peilen wir doch eine
|
||||
relativ stabile Dokumenation an. Inbesondere sollte man den Text nach
|
||||
Rechtschreibfehlern durchsuchen lassen. Die mehr unausgereifte
|
||||
Dokumentation sollte das <verbatim|incoming> Verzeichnis gestellt werden
|
||||
oder auf <apply|hyper-link|<TeXmacs> Wiki|http://alqua.com/tmresources>.
|
||||
|
||||
Es ist ebenso wichtig, daÿ sie der Dokumenation so viel Struktur geben wie
|
||||
möglich, und zwar durch benutzen der speziellen Markups der <tmstyle|tmdoc>
|
||||
Stil-Datei. Die dort definierte Struktur kann genutzt werden um automatisch
|
||||
druckfertige Bücher zu kompilieren, um Dokumentation schnell brauchbar für
|
||||
andere Sichtformate zu machen, oder um die Dokumenation effektiv nach
|
||||
bestimmten Information zu durchsuchen. Insbesondere sollten sie stets die
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|Urheberrechts- und Lizenzinformationen|copyright.de.tm>
|
||||
enthalten, ebenso wie Hinweise wie man die Dokumentation
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|durchlaufen|traversal.de.tm> kann, wenn sie
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|viele Dateien|file-names.de.tm> enthält.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|german>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.20>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Introduction on how to contribute>
|
||||
|
||||
High quality documentation is both a matter of content and structure. The
|
||||
content itself has to be as pedagogic as possible for the targeted group of
|
||||
readers. In order to achieve this, you should not hesitate to provide
|
||||
enough examples and illustrative screen shots whenever adequate. Although
|
||||
the documentation is not necessarily meant to be complete, we do aim at
|
||||
providing relatively stable documentation. In particular, you should have
|
||||
checked your text against spelling errors. The more experimental
|
||||
documentation should be put in the <verbatim|incoming> directory or on the
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|<TeXmacs> Wiki|http://alqua.com/tmresources>.
|
||||
|
||||
It is also important that you give your documentation as much structure as
|
||||
possible, using special markup from the <tmstyle|tmdoc> style file. This
|
||||
structure can be used in order to automatically compile printable books
|
||||
from your documentation, to make it suitable for different ways of viewing,
|
||||
or to make it possible to efficiently search a certain type of information
|
||||
in the documentation. In particular, you should always provide
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|copyright and license|copyright.en.tm><inactive|>
|
||||
information, as well as indications on how to
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|traverse|traversal.en.tm> your documentation, if it
|
||||
contains <apply|hyper-link|many files|file-names.en.tm>.
|
||||
|
||||
<\warning>
|
||||
Don't forget to select <apply|menu|Document|Language|Your language> for
|
||||
each translated file. This will cause some content to be translated
|
||||
automatically, like the menus or some names of keys. Also, we recommend
|
||||
to run the <TeXmacs> spell checker on each translated document; this also
|
||||
requires the prior selection of the right document language.
|
||||
</warning>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|english>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|1|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|tmdoc>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Introducción sobre cómo contribuir>
|
||||
|
||||
La documentación de alta calidad es tanto un asunto de contenido como de
|
||||
estructura. El contenido en sí mismo tiene que ser tan pedagógico como sea
|
||||
posible para el grupo de lectores objetivo. A fin de lograr esto, usted no
|
||||
debe vacilar en proveer tantos ejemplos y capturas de pantalla ilustrativas
|
||||
cuando sea adecuado. Aunque la documentación no pretende ser necesariamente
|
||||
completa, intemas proveer documentación relativamente estable. En
|
||||
particular, usted debe haber revisado su texto confrontando errores de
|
||||
pronunciación. La documentación más experimental debería ponerse en el
|
||||
directorio <verbatim|incoming> o en el <apply|hyper-link|<TeXmacs>
|
||||
Wiki|http://alqua.com/tmresources>.
|
||||
|
||||
Es también importante que usted de a su documentación tanta estructura como
|
||||
sea posible, usando etiquetas especiales del archivo de estilo
|
||||
<tmstyle|tmdoc>. Esta estructura puede ser usada a fin de compilar
|
||||
automáticamente libros imprimibles desde su documentación, para hacerla
|
||||
apropiada para diferentes formas de visión, o para hacerla posible para
|
||||
buscar eficientemente cierto tipo de información en la documentación. En
|
||||
particular, debe siempre proveer información sobre
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|copyright y licencia|copyright.es.tm>, como también
|
||||
indicaciones sobre cómo <apply|hyper-link|recorrer|traversal.es.tm> su
|
||||
información, si contiene <apply|hyper-link|muchos
|
||||
archivos|file-names.es.tm>.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven, Offray Vladimir
|
||||
Luna Cárdenas>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Se garantiza el permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o
|
||||
modificar este documento bajo los terminos de la GNU Free Documentation
|
||||
License, Versión 1.1 o cualquier versión posterior publicada por la Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; sin Secciones Invariantes, sin Textos de Portada, y
|
||||
sin Textos de Contraportada. Una copia de la licencia está incluida en la
|
||||
sección titulada "GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|spanish>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|tmdoc>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.10>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Introduction sur la façon de contribuer>
|
||||
|
||||
Une bonne documentation est à la fois une affaire de contenu et de
|
||||
structure. Le contenu doit être aussi pédagogique que possible pour le
|
||||
groupe de lecteurs ciblés. Pour ce faire, vous devez illustrer votre propos
|
||||
d'exemples et de captures d'écran chaque fois que possible. Même si le but
|
||||
ici n'est pas forcément de fournir une documentation exhaustive, elle doit
|
||||
être relativement stable. Il faut donc que vous vérifiiez les fautes
|
||||
d'orthographe de votre texte avant de le soumettre. Les textes en devenir
|
||||
doivent être déposés dans le répertoire <verbatim|incoming> ou sur
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|<TeXmacs> Wiki|http://alqua.com/tmresources>.
|
||||
|
||||
Il est également extrêmement important que vous structuriez votre document
|
||||
le plus possible en utilisant le marquage spécial du fichier de style
|
||||
<tmstyle|tmdoc>. Ce marquage peut être utilisé pour compiler
|
||||
automatiquement des livres destinés à l'impression, permettre différents
|
||||
styles d'affichage et faciliter la recherche d'informations dans la
|
||||
documentation. Vous devez toujours fournir les informations relatives aux
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|droits d'auteurs et licence de
|
||||
documentation|copyright.fr.tm> et indiquer comment
|
||||
\ <apply|hyper-link|naviguer|traversal.fr.tm> dans vos documents, surtout
|
||||
s'ils sont <apply|hyper-link|nombreux|file-names.fr.tm>.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven|Michèle Garoche>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|french>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|tmdoc>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.18>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Introduzione a come contribuire>
|
||||
|
||||
La creazione di documentazione di qualità è questione sia di contenuti che
|
||||
di struttura. I contenuti devono essere quanto più pedagogici possibile in
|
||||
relazione al gruppo di lettori a cui essi sono rivolti. Per questo conviene
|
||||
corredare le esposizioni con esempi e, se necessario, con immagini.
|
||||
Nonostante la documentazione non debba essere necessariamente completa è
|
||||
auspicabile che una sua parte sia stabile e corretta dal punto di vista
|
||||
dell'ortografia. Le parti sperimentali di documentazione verranno inserite
|
||||
nella directory <verbatim|incoming> o in <apply|hyper-link|<TeXmacs>
|
||||
Wiki|http://alqua.com/tmresources>.
|
||||
|
||||
Un ulteriore importante aspetto riguarda la struttura da conferire ai
|
||||
documenti che deve essere curata e organizzata ricorrendo principalmente
|
||||
all'uso dei marcatori inclusi nello stile <tmstyle|tmdoc>. La
|
||||
strutturazione dei documenti serve per poter compilare automaticamente
|
||||
libri stampabili, per poter utilizzare diverse modalità di visualizzazione
|
||||
degli stessi e per rendere più efficenti le ricerche di informazioni
|
||||
contenute al loro interno. In modo particolare ogni documento deve
|
||||
contenere indicazioni sul <apply|hyper-link|copyright e sulla
|
||||
licenza|copyright.it.tm> e, se esso fa riferimento a
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|molti file|file-names.it.tm>, deve contenere le
|
||||
indicazioni per poter <apply|hyper-link|spostarsi|traversal.it.tm>
|
||||
automaticamente all'interno della restante documentazione.
|
||||
|
||||
<\warning>
|
||||
Se state traducendo un documento non dimenticate di selezionare il
|
||||
comando <apply|menu|Document|Language|Your language>. In questo modo
|
||||
alcune parti del documento, come i menu o le istruzioni, verranno
|
||||
automaticamente tradotte. Si raccomanda anche l'utilizzo del correttore
|
||||
ortografico di <TeXmacs> il cui uso è chiaramente condizionato dalla
|
||||
scelta della lingua in cui è redatto il documento.
|
||||
</warning>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven, Andrea Centomo>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|italian>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|1|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|tmdoc>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Documento>|<with|font
|
||||
family|<quote|ss>|Lingua>|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Your
|
||||
language>>|<pageref|idx-2>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.0.17>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Den tmdoc Stil benutzen>
|
||||
|
||||
Neben den Makros über die <apply|hyper-link|Urheberrechtsinformationen|copy\
|
||||
right.de.tm> und den <apply|hyper-link|Leit-Makros|traversal.de.tm>, die
|
||||
bereits dokumentiert wurden, kommt der <tmstyle|tmdoc> Stil noch mit
|
||||
einigen anderen Makros, die sie benutzen sollten, wann immer es angebracht
|
||||
erscheint:
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|key>>Dieses Makro wird benutzt, um
|
||||
Keyboard-Eingaben zu kennzeichnen, wie <key|C-x C-s>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|menu>>Dieses Makro kennzeichnet ein Hauptmenü, wie
|
||||
<apply|menu|Datei>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|submenu>>Dieses Makro kennzeichnet ein Untermenü
|
||||
oder einen Menü-Eintrag, wie <apply|menu|Dokument|Sprache>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|subsubmenu>>Dieses Makro kennzeichnet ein
|
||||
Unteruntermenü oder ein Untermenü-Eintrag, wie
|
||||
<apply|menu|Text|Farbe|Weiÿ>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|tmstyle>>Dieses Makro kennzeichnet den Namen einer
|
||||
<TeXmacs> Stil-Datei oder eines Paketes, wie <tmstyle|article>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|markup>>Dieses Makro wird benutzt um ein Makro oder
|
||||
eine Funktion zu kennzeichnen, wie <markup|section>.
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
Die folgenden Makros und Funktionen werden für Links und Indizierungen
|
||||
benutzt, auch wenn sie in der Zukunft noch verbessert werden sollten:
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|simple-link>>Dieses Makro nimmt eine URL
|
||||
<with|mode|math|x> als Argument entgegen und ist dann ein Hyperlink mit
|
||||
Namen und Ziel <with|mode|math|x>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|hyper-link>>Dieses Makro ist ein normaler
|
||||
Hyperlink.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|concept-link>>Dieses Makro nimmt ein Konzept als
|
||||
Argument. Später könnte dann ein entsprechender Hyperlink automatisch
|
||||
erstellt werden von dieser und anderer Dokumentation.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|only-index>>Eine einfache Zeichenkette indizieren.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|def-index>>Definition eines neuen Konzeptes; der
|
||||
Text wird kursiv angezeigt und indiziert.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|re-index>>Wiederauftauchen eines schon definierten
|
||||
Konzepts; der Text wird in Romanisch angezeigt und indiziert.
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
Der <tmstyle|tmdoc> Stil leitet sich aus dem <tmstyle|Brief> Stil ab und
|
||||
sollte Makros wie <markup|em>, <markup|verbatim>, <markup|itemize>,
|
||||
<abbr|usw.> dieses Stils benutzen, wann immer es passend erscheint.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|english>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,318 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.20>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Using the tmdoc style>
|
||||
|
||||
Besides the <apply|hyper-link|copyright information|copyright.en.tm> macros
|
||||
and <apply|hyper-link|traversal macros|traversal.en.tm>, which have been
|
||||
documented before, the <tmstyle|tmdoc> style comes with a certain number of
|
||||
other macros and functions, which you should use whenever appropriate:
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|key>>This macro is used to indicate keyboard input
|
||||
like <key|C-x C-s>. The specialized macros <markup|kbd-gen>,
|
||||
<markup|kbd-text>, <markup|kbd-math>, <markup|kbd-symb>,
|
||||
<markup|kbd-big>, <markup|kbd-large>, <markup|kbd-ia>, <markup|kbd-exec>
|
||||
and <markup|kbd-table> are used for keyboard input corresponding to a
|
||||
specific type of action or mode. For instance, <markup|kbd-math>
|
||||
corresponds to keyboard shortcuts for mathematical operations, such as
|
||||
<expand|kbd-math|f>, which starts a fraction.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|menu>>This function with an arbitrary number of
|
||||
arguments indicates a menu like <apply|menu|File> or
|
||||
<apply|menu|Document|Language>. Menu entries are automatically translated
|
||||
by this function.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|markup>>This macro is used in order to indicate a
|
||||
macro or a function like <markup|section>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|tmstyle>>This macro indicates the name of a
|
||||
<TeXmacs> style file or package like <tmstyle|article>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|tmpackage>>This macro indicates the name of a
|
||||
<TeXmacs> package like <tmpackage|std-markup>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|tmdtd>>This macro indicates the name of a <TeXmacs>
|
||||
<abbr|d.t.d.> like <tmdtd|number-env>.
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
Notice that the contents of none of the above tags should be translated
|
||||
into foreign languages. Indeed, for menu tags, the translations are done
|
||||
automatically, so as to keep the translations synchronized with the
|
||||
translations of the actual <TeXmacs> menus. In the cases of markup, styles,
|
||||
packages and <abbr|d.t.d.>s, it is important to keep the original name,
|
||||
because it often corresponds to a file name.
|
||||
|
||||
The following macros and functions are used for linking and indexing
|
||||
purposes, although they should be improved in the future:
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|simple-link>>This macro takes an URL
|
||||
<with|mode|math|x> as argument and is a hyperlink with name and
|
||||
destination <with|mode|math|x>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|hyper-link>>This macro is a usual hyperlink.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|concept-link>>This macro takes a concept as
|
||||
argument. Later on an appropriate hyperlink might be created
|
||||
automatically from this and the other documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|only-index>>Index a simple string.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|def-index>>Definition of a new concept; the text is
|
||||
printed in italic and indexed.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|re-index>>Reappearance of an already defined
|
||||
concept; the text is printed in roman and put in the index.
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
The following tags are also frequently used:
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|icon>>Link to an icon in a central directory like
|
||||
<verbatim|$TEXMACS_PATH/doc/images/pixmaps>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|screenshot>>Link to a screenshot. The actual
|
||||
screenshots are stored in a central directory like
|
||||
<verbatim|$TEXMACS_PATH/doc/images/screenshots>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|scheme>>The <value|scheme> language.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|cpp>>The <value|cpp> language.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|framed-fragment>>For displaying a piece of code in
|
||||
a nice frame.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|scheme-fragment>>For multi-paragraph <value|scheme>
|
||||
code.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|cpp-fragment>>For multi-paragraph <value|cpp> code.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|tm-fragment>>For a piece of <TeXmacs> markup code
|
||||
in <value|scheme> format.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|scheme-code>>For a short piece of <value|scheme>
|
||||
code.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|cpp-code>>For a short piece of <value|cpp> code.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|descriptive-table>>For descriptive tables; such
|
||||
tables can be used to document lists of keyboard shortcuts, different
|
||||
types of markup, <abbr|etc.>
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
The <tmstyle|tmdoc> style inherits from the <tmstyle|generic> style and you
|
||||
should use macros like <markup|em>, <markup|verbatim>, <markup|itemize>,
|
||||
<abbr|etc.> from this style whenever appropriate.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|english>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-9|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-40|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-10|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-20|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-30|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-41|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-11|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-21|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-31|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-42|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-12|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-22|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-32|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-43|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-33|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-13|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-23|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-44|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-34|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-14|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-24|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-45|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-35|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-15|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-25|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-36|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-16|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-26|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-37|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-17|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-27|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-38|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-18|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-28|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-39|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-19|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-29|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|tmdoc>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|key>>|<pageref|idx-2>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-gen>>|<pageref|idx-3>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-text>>|<pageref|idx-4>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-math>>|<pageref|idx-5>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-symb>>|<pageref|idx-6>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-big>>|<pageref|idx-7>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-large>>|<pageref|idx-8>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-ia>>|<pageref|idx-9>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-exec>>|<pageref|idx-10>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-table>>|<pageref|idx-11>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-math>>|<pageref|idx-12>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|menu>>|<pageref|idx-13>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|File>>|<pageref|idx-14>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Document>|<with|font
|
||||
family|<quote|ss>|Language>>|<pageref|idx-15>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|markup>>|<pageref|idx-16>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|section>>|<pageref|idx-17>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tmstyle>>|<pageref|idx-18>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|article>>|<pageref|idx-19>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tmpackage>>|<pageref|idx-20>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|std-markup>>|<pageref|idx-21>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tmdtd>>|<pageref|idx-22>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
magenta>|number-env>>|<pageref|idx-23>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|simple-link>>|<pageref|idx-24>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|hyper-link>>|<pageref|idx-25>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|concept-link>>|<pageref|idx-26>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|only-index>>|<pageref|idx-27>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|def-index>>|<pageref|idx-28>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|re-index>>|<pageref|idx-29>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|icon>>|<pageref|idx-30>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|screenshot>>|<pageref|idx-31>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|scheme>>|<pageref|idx-32>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|framed-fragment>>|<pageref|idx-33>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|scheme-fragment>>|<pageref|idx-34>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|cpp-fragment>>|<pageref|idx-35>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tm-fragment>>|<pageref|idx-36>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|scheme-code>>|<pageref|idx-37>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|cpp-code>>|<pageref|idx-38>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|descriptive-table>>|<pageref|idx-39>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|tmdoc>>|<pageref|idx-40>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|generic>>|<pageref|idx-41>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|em>>|<pageref|idx-42>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|verbatim>>|<pageref|idx-43>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|itemize>>|<pageref|idx-44>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,317 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.20>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Usar el estilo tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
Además de los macros de <apply|hyper-link|información de
|
||||
copyright|copyright.es.tm> y <apply|hyper-link|macros
|
||||
transversales|traversal.es.tm>, los cuales han sido docuementados antes, el
|
||||
estilo <tmstyle|tmdoc> viene con cierto número de otros macros y funciones,
|
||||
las cuales usted debe usar cuando sea apropiado:
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|key>>Este macro es usado para indicar una entrada
|
||||
de teclado como <key|C-x C-s>. Los macros especializados
|
||||
<markup|kbd-gen>, <markup|kbd-text>, <markup|kbd-math>,
|
||||
<markup|kbd-symb>, <markup|kbd-big>, <markup|kbd-large>, <markup|kbd-ia>,
|
||||
<markup|kbd-exec> y <markup|kbd-table> son usados para entradas de
|
||||
teclado correspondientes a tipos específicos de acción o modos. Por
|
||||
ejemplo, <markup|kbd-math> corresponde a atajos de teclado para
|
||||
operaciones matemáticas, tales como <expand|kbd-math|f>, el cual inicia
|
||||
una fracción.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|menu>>Esta función con un número arbitrario de
|
||||
argumentos indica un menú como <apply|menu|File> o
|
||||
<apply|menu|Document|Language>. Las entradas de menu con automáticamente
|
||||
traducidas por esta función.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|markup>>Esta macro es usado a fin de indicar un
|
||||
macro o una función como <markup|section>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|tmstyle>>Este macro indica el nombre de un archivo
|
||||
estilo <TeXmacs> o un paquete como <tmstyle|article>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|tmpackage>>Este macro indica el nombre de un
|
||||
paquete <TeXmacs> como <tmpackage|std-markup>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|tmdtd>>Este macro indica de un <abbr|d.t.d.> de
|
||||
<TeXmacs> like <tmdtd|number-env>.
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
Note que los contenidos de ninguna de las etiquetas de arriba deben ser
|
||||
traducidos a lenguajes extrangeros. De hecho, para etiquetas de menú, las
|
||||
traducciones son hechas automáticamente, así se mantienen sincronizadas con
|
||||
las traducciones en los menus acutales de <TeXmacs>. En los casos de
|
||||
etiquetas, estilos, paquetes y <abbr|d.t.d.>s, es importante mantener el
|
||||
nombre original, porque a menudo corresponde a un nombre de archivo.
|
||||
|
||||
Los siguientes macros y funciones son usadas para propósitos de enlace e
|
||||
indexación, aunque ellos deben ser mejorados en el futuro:
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|simple-link>>Este macro toma una URL
|
||||
<with|mode|math|x> como argumento y es un hiperenlace con un nombre y
|
||||
destinación <with|mode|math|x>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|hyper-link>>Este macro is un hiperenlace usual.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|concept-link>>Este macro toma un concepto como
|
||||
argumento. Después un hiperenlace apropriado podría ser creado
|
||||
automaticamente desde esta y la otra documentación.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|only-index>>Indexa una cadena simple.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|def-index>>Definición de un nuevo concepto; el
|
||||
texto es impreso en itálica e indexado.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|re-index>>Reaparición de un concepto ya definido;
|
||||
el texto es impreso en romano y puesto en el índice.
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
Las siguientes etiquetas son también frecuentemente usadas:
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|icon>>Enlace a un icono en un directorio central
|
||||
como <verbatim|$TEXMACS_PATH/doc/images/pixmaps>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|screenshot>>Enlace a una captura de pantalla. Las
|
||||
capturas de pantalla actuales son almacenadas en un directorio central
|
||||
como <verbatim|$TEXMACS_PATH/doc/images/screenshots>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|scheme>>El lenguage <value|scheme>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|framed-fragment>>Para mostrar un pedazo de código
|
||||
en un marco agradable.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|scheme-fragment>>Para código <value|scheme>
|
||||
multi-párrafo.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|tm-fragment>>Para un pedazos de etiquetas de código
|
||||
<TeXmacs> en formato <value|scheme>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|descriptive-table>>Para tablas descriptivas; tales
|
||||
tablas pueden ser usadas para documentar listas de atajos de teclado,
|
||||
diferentes tipos de etiquetas, etc.
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
El estilo <tmstyle|tmdoc> herededa de el estilo <tmstyle|generic> y usted
|
||||
debe usar macros como <markup|em>, <markup|verbatim>, <markup|itemize>,
|
||||
<abbr|etc.> para este estilo donde sea apropiado.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven, Offray Vladimir
|
||||
Luna Cárdenas>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Se garantiza el permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o
|
||||
modificar este documento bajo los terminos de la GNU Free Documentation
|
||||
License, Versión 1.1 o cualquier versión posterior publicada por la Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; sin Secciones Invariantes, sin Textos de Portada, y
|
||||
sin Textos de Contraportada. Una copia de la licencia está incluida en la
|
||||
sección titulada "GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|spanish>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-9|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-30|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-20|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-10|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-40|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-50|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-41|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-51|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-11|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-21|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-31|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-52|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-42|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-12|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-22|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-32|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-43|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-33|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-13|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-23|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-44|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-34|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-14|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-24|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-25|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-15|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-35|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-45|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-26|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-16|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-36|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-46|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-27|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-17|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-37|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-47|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-28|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-18|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-38|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-48|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-29|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-19|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-39|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-49|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|tmdoc>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|key>>|<pageref|idx-2>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-gen>>|<pageref|idx-3>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-text>>|<pageref|idx-4>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-math>>|<pageref|idx-5>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-symb>>|<pageref|idx-6>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-big>>|<pageref|idx-7>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-large>>|<pageref|idx-8>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-ia>>|<pageref|idx-9>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-exec>>|<pageref|idx-10>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-table>>|<pageref|idx-11>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-math>>|<pageref|idx-12>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|menu>>|<pageref|idx-13>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Fichero>>|<pageref|idx-14>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Documento>|<with|font
|
||||
family|<quote|ss>|Idioma>>|<pageref|idx-15>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|markup>>|<pageref|idx-16>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|section>>|<pageref|idx-17>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tmstyle>>|<pageref|idx-18>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|article>>|<pageref|idx-19>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tmpackage>>|<pageref|idx-20>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|std-markup>>|<pageref|idx-21>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tmdtd>>|<pageref|idx-22>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
magenta>|number-env>>|<pageref|idx-23>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|simple-link>>|<pageref|idx-24>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|hyper-link>>|<pageref|idx-25>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|concept-link>>|<pageref|idx-26>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|only-index>>|<pageref|idx-27>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|def-index>>|<pageref|idx-28>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|re-index>>|<pageref|idx-29>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|icon>>|<pageref|idx-30>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|screenshot>>|<pageref|idx-31>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|scheme>>|<pageref|idx-32>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|framed-fragment>>|<pageref|idx-33>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|scheme-code>>|<pageref|idx-34>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tm-fragment>>|<pageref|idx-35>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|descriptive-table>>|<pageref|idx-36>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|tmdoc>>|<pageref|idx-37>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|generic>>|<pageref|idx-38>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|em>>|<pageref|idx-39>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|verbatim>>|<pageref|idx-40>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|itemize>>|<pageref|idx-41>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,302 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.20>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Utilisation du style tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
En plus des macros <apply|hyper-link|droits d'auteur|copyright.fr.tm> et
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|navigation|traversal.fr.tm>, qui ont déjà été expliquées,
|
||||
le style <tmstyle|tmdoc> contient un certain nombre d'autres macros et
|
||||
fonctions que vous pouvez utiliser si nécessaire :
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|key>>Cette macro est utilisée pour signaler des
|
||||
saisies clavier, telle <key|C-x C-s>. Les macros spécifiques
|
||||
<markup|kbd-gen>, <markup|kbd-text>, <markup|kbd-math>,
|
||||
<markup|kbd-symb>, <markup|kbd-big>, <markup|kbd-large>, <markup|kbd-ia>,
|
||||
<markup|kbd-exec> \ et <markup|kbd-table> sont utilisées pour les saisies
|
||||
clavier correspondant à un type spécifique d'action ou de mode. Par
|
||||
exemple, la macro <markup|kbd-math> correspond aux raccourcis clavier
|
||||
pour les opérations mathématiques, tel <expand|kbd-math|f>, qui débute
|
||||
une fraction.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|menu>>Cette fonction, composée d'un nombre
|
||||
arbitraire d'arguments, fait référence à un menu, tel <apply|menu|File>
|
||||
ou <apply|menu|Document|Language>. Les articles de menu sont
|
||||
automatiquement traduits par cette fonction.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|markup>>Cette macro est utilisée pour signaler une
|
||||
macro ou une fonction, telle <markup|section>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|tmstyle>>Cette macro indique le nom d'un fichier de
|
||||
style <TeXmacs> ou un module, tel <tmstyle|article>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|tmpackage>>Cette macro indique le nom d'un package,
|
||||
tel <tmstyle|std-markup>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|tmdtd>>Cette macro indique le nom d'un d.t.d.
|
||||
<TeXmacs>, tel <tmdtd|number-env>.
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
Attention, aucune des marques ci-dessus ne doit être traduite. En effet,
|
||||
les marques de menus sont automatiquement traduites, de façon à assurer la
|
||||
synchronisation de leur traduction avec la traduction actuelle des menus de
|
||||
<TeXmacs>. En ce qui concerne les marques, styles, packages et
|
||||
<abbr|d.t.d.>s, il faut absolument garder le nom original, car il
|
||||
correspond souvent au nom d'un fichier.\
|
||||
|
||||
Les macros et fonctions suivantes sont utilisées pour les liens et les
|
||||
index ; elles seront améliorées plus tard :
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|simple-link>>Cette macro a pour argument
|
||||
<with|mode|math|x> une URL et génère un hyperlien de nom et destination
|
||||
<with|mode|math|x>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|hyper-link>>Cette macro correspond à un hyperlien.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|concept-link>>Cette macro a pour argument un
|
||||
concept. Plus tard, un hyperlien pourra être créé automatiquement à
|
||||
partir du concept et du reste de la documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|only-index>>Indexe une chaîne de caractères.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|def-index>>Définit un nouveau concept ; le texte
|
||||
est imprimé en italique et indexé.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|re-index>>Réutilise un concept déjà défini ; le
|
||||
texte est imprimé en roman et mis dans l'index.
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
Les marques suivantes sont aussi assez fréquemment utilisées :
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|icon>>Lien vers une icône située dans un répertoire
|
||||
central, tel \ <verbatim|$TEXMACS_PATH/doc/images/pixmaps>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|screenshot>>Lien vers une capture d'écran. Les
|
||||
captures d'écran sont stockées dans une répertoire central, tel
|
||||
<verbatim|$TEXMACS_PATH/doc/images/screenshots>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|scheme>>Le language <value|scheme>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|framed-fragment>>Pour afficher un fragment de code
|
||||
dans un cadre approprié.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|scheme-fragment>>Pour du code <value|scheme> sur
|
||||
plusieurs paragraphes.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|tm-fragment>>Pour marquer du code <TeXmacs> en
|
||||
format <value|scheme>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|descriptive-table>>Pour les tables de description ;
|
||||
on peut utiliser ces tables pour documenter des listes de raccourcis
|
||||
clavier, différents types de marquage, etc...
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
The style <tmstyle|tmdoc> hérite du style <tmstyle|generic>. Vous devez
|
||||
utiliser les macros <markup|em>, <markup|verbatim>, <markup|itemize>,
|
||||
<abbr|etc.> contenues dans ce style quand le cas se présente.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven|Michèle Garoche>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|french>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-9|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-40|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-10|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-20|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-30|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-41|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-11|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-21|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-31|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-42|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-12|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-22|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-32|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-43|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-33|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-13|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-23|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-44|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-34|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-14|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-24|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-15|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-25|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-45|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-35|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-46|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-36|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-16|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-26|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-37|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-17|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-27|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-38|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-18|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-28|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-39|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-19|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-29|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|tmdoc>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|key>>|<pageref|idx-2>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-gen>>|<pageref|idx-3>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-text>>|<pageref|idx-4>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-math>>|<pageref|idx-5>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-symb>>|<pageref|idx-6>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-big>>|<pageref|idx-7>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-large>>|<pageref|idx-8>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-ia>>|<pageref|idx-9>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-exec>>|<pageref|idx-10>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-table>>|<pageref|idx-11>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-math>>|<pageref|idx-12>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|menu>>|<pageref|idx-13>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Fichier>>|<pageref|idx-14>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Document>|<with|font
|
||||
family|<quote|ss>|Langue>>|<pageref|idx-15>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|markup>>|<pageref|idx-16>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|section>>|<pageref|idx-17>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tmstyle>>|<pageref|idx-18>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|article>>|<pageref|idx-19>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tmpackage>>|<pageref|idx-20>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|std-markup>>|<pageref|idx-21>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tmdtd>>|<pageref|idx-22>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
magenta>|number-env>>|<pageref|idx-23>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|simple-link>>|<pageref|idx-24>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|hyper-link>>|<pageref|idx-25>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|concept-link>>|<pageref|idx-26>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|only-index>>|<pageref|idx-27>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|def-index>>|<pageref|idx-28>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|re-index>>|<pageref|idx-29>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|icon>>|<pageref|idx-30>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|screenshot>>|<pageref|idx-31>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|scheme>>|<pageref|idx-32>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|framed-fragment>>|<pageref|idx-33>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|scheme-code>>|<pageref|idx-34>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tm-fragment>>|<pageref|idx-35>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|descriptive-table>>|<pageref|idx-36>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|tmdoc>>|<pageref|idx-37>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|generic>>|<pageref|idx-38>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|em>>|<pageref|idx-39>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|verbatim>>|<pageref|idx-40>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|itemize>>|<pageref|idx-41>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,326 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.18>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Usare lo stile tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
Oltre alle macro relative alle <apply|hyper-link|informazioni sul
|
||||
copyright|copyright.it.tm> e agli <apply|hyper-link|spostamenti|traversal.it.tm>
|
||||
all'interno della documentazione di cui abbiamo parlato in precedenza, lo
|
||||
stile <tmstyle|tmdoc> offre un certo numero di macro e di funzioni che, se
|
||||
necessario, possono essere di volta in volta attivate:
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|key>>questa macro viene utilizzata per indicare
|
||||
comandi da tastiera come <key|C-x C-s>. Le macro specializzate
|
||||
<markup|kbd-gen>, <markup|kbd-text>, <markup|kbd-math>,
|
||||
<markup|kbd-symb>, <markup|kbd-big>, <markup|kbd-large>, <markup|kbd-ia>,
|
||||
<markup|kbd-exec> e <markup|kbd-table> vengono utilizzate per comandi da
|
||||
tastiera corrispondenti ad uno specifico tipo di azione o di modalità. Ad
|
||||
esempio, <markup|kbd-math> corrisponde al comando da tastiera per
|
||||
l'inserimento di espressioni matematiche come <expand|kbd-math|f> che
|
||||
indica l'inizio di una frazione.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|menu>>questa funzione, che si riferisce ad un
|
||||
arbitrario numero di argomenti, permette di scrivere dei menu come
|
||||
<apply|menu|File> o <apply|menu|Document|Language>. La funzione esegue
|
||||
automaticamente la traduzione delle voci del menu che vengono inserite.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|markup>>questa macro viene utilizzata per indicare
|
||||
macro o funzioni come <markup|section>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|tmstyle>>questa macro indica il nome di un file di
|
||||
stile di <TeXmacs> come <tmstyle|article>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|tmpackage>>questa macro indica il nome di un
|
||||
pacchetto <TeXmacs> come ad esempio il pacchetto <tmpackage|std-markup>.
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|tmdtd>>questa macro indica il nome di un <TeXmacs>
|
||||
<abbr|d.t.d.> come <tmdtd|number-env>.
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
Osserviamo che nessun nome di macro deve essere tradotto in lingua
|
||||
straniera! Oltre a questo si ricorda di non tradurre mai le voci dei menu,
|
||||
le quali vengono tradotte automaticamente in modo da garantire la
|
||||
sincronizzazione tra la traduzione dei manuali e la localizzazione dei menu
|
||||
di <TeXmacs>. Nel caso di marcatori, stili e pacchetti <abbr|d.t.d.>, è
|
||||
importante non alterarne il nome originale in quanto, il più delle volte,
|
||||
esso corrisponde al nome di un file.
|
||||
|
||||
Le seguenti macro e funzioni, pensate per realizzare link e per gestire gli
|
||||
indici, verranno implementate in futuro:
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|simple-link>>questa macro ha come argomento un
|
||||
hyperlink URL <with|mode|math|x>, dove <with|mode|math|x> rappresenta
|
||||
nome e destinazione dell'hyperlink;
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|hyper-link>>questa macro definisce un normale
|
||||
hyperlink;
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|concept-link>>questa macro ha come argomento un
|
||||
concetto. Successivamente potrebbe essere creato automaticamente un
|
||||
appropriato hyperlink a partire da essa e da altra documentazione;
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|only-index>>indice di una stringa;
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|def-index>>definizione di un nuovo concetto: il
|
||||
testo viene scritto in italico e indicizzato;
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|re-index>>comparsa di un concetto definito in
|
||||
precedenza: il testo viene scritto in roman e inserito nell'indice.
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
In conclusione elenchiamo i seguenti tag di uso frequente:
|
||||
|
||||
<\description>
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|icon>>link ad una icona in una directory centrale
|
||||
come \ <verbatim|$TEXMACS_PATH/doc/images/pixmaps>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|screenshot>>link a una schermata. Le schermate sono
|
||||
attualmente contenuta nella directory centrale
|
||||
<verbatim|$TEXMACS_PATH/doc/images/screenshots>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|scheme>>il linguaggio <value|scheme>;
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|cpp>>il linguaggio <value|cpp>;
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|framed-fragment>>per visualizzare una parte di
|
||||
codice in un riquadro;
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|scheme-fragment>>per un codice <value|scheme>
|
||||
multi-paragrafo;
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|cpp-fragment>>per un codice <value|cpp>
|
||||
multi-paragrafo;
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|tm-fragment>>per una parte di codice <TeXmacs> in
|
||||
formato <value|scheme>;
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|scheme-code>>per una parte di codice
|
||||
<value|scheme>;
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|cpp-code>>per una parte di codice <value|cpp>;
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|item*|<markup|descriptive-table>>per tavole descrittive che
|
||||
possono essere utilizzate per realizzare liste di comandi da tastiera, di
|
||||
marcatori, ecc....
|
||||
</description>
|
||||
|
||||
Lo stile <tmstyle|tmdoc> eredita numerose macro dallo stile
|
||||
<tmstyle|generic> percui, se necessario, è possibile utilizzare macro come
|
||||
<markup|em>, <markup|verbatim>, <markup|itemize>, <abbr|e così di seguito>.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven, Andrea Centomo>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|italian>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-9|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-30|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-20|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-10|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-40|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-21|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-11|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-41|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-31|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-42|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-12|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-22|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-32|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-43|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-33|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-13|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-23|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-44|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-34|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-14|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-24|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-25|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-45|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-35|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-15|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-26|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-16|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-36|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-27|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-17|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-37|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-28|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-18|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-38|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-29|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-19|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-39|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|tmdoc>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|key>>|<pageref|idx-2>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-gen>>|<pageref|idx-3>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-text>>|<pageref|idx-4>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-math>>|<pageref|idx-5>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-symb>>|<pageref|idx-6>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-big>>|<pageref|idx-7>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-large>>|<pageref|idx-8>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-ia>>|<pageref|idx-9>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-exec>>|<pageref|idx-10>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-table>>|<pageref|idx-11>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|kbd-math>>|<pageref|idx-12>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|menu>>|<pageref|idx-13>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|File>>|<pageref|idx-14>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Documento>|<with|font
|
||||
family|<quote|ss>|Lingua>>|<pageref|idx-15>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|markup>>|<pageref|idx-16>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|section>>|<pageref|idx-17>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tmstyle>>|<pageref|idx-18>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|article>>|<pageref|idx-19>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tmpackage>>|<pageref|idx-20>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|std-markup>>|<pageref|idx-21>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tmdtd>>|<pageref|idx-22>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
magenta>|number-env>>|<pageref|idx-23>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|simple-link>>|<pageref|idx-24>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|hyper-link>>|<pageref|idx-25>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|concept-link>>|<pageref|idx-26>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|only-index>>|<pageref|idx-27>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|def-index>>|<pageref|idx-28>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|re-index>>|<pageref|idx-29>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|icon>>|<pageref|idx-30>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|screenshot>>|<pageref|idx-31>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|scheme>>|<pageref|idx-32>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|cpp>>|<pageref|idx-33>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|framed-fragment>>|<pageref|idx-34>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|scheme-fragment>>|<pageref|idx-35>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|cpp-fragment>>|<pageref|idx-36>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tm-fragment>>|<pageref|idx-37>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|scheme-code>>|<pageref|idx-38>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|cpp-code>>|<pageref|idx-39>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|descriptive-table>>|<pageref|idx-40>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|tmdoc>>|<pageref|idx-41>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|generic>>|<pageref|idx-42>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|em>>|<pageref|idx-43>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|verbatim>>|<pageref|idx-44>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|itemize>>|<pageref|idx-45>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.0.17>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Struktur-Layout der <TeXmacs> Dokumentation>
|
||||
|
||||
Als grundsätzliche Regel gilt, daÿ sie keine Unterstrukturierungsbefehle
|
||||
innerhalb der <TeXmacs> Dokumentation benutzen sollten. Versuchen sie statt
|
||||
dessen lieber kleine Hilfe-Seiten zu schreiben, die auf gut abgegrenzte
|
||||
kleine Themen zugeschnitten sind. Auf einer übergeordneten Ebene sollten
|
||||
sie rekursive "Meta-Hilfe-Dateien" schreiben, die anzeigen, wie man die
|
||||
Dokumentation auf automatische Weise durchqueren soll. Dies erlaubt die
|
||||
Wiederverwendung einer Hilfe-Seite für vielfache Zwecke (eine gedruckte
|
||||
Anleitung, ein Tutorial im Internet, etc.).
|
||||
|
||||
Der <tmstyle|tmdoc> Stil enthält drei Markup-Makros, mit denen man anzeigen
|
||||
kann, wie die Dokumentation zu durchlaufen ist. Das <markup|traverse> Makro
|
||||
wird benutzt um Bereiche mit Durchlaufsinformationen zusammenzufassen. Das
|
||||
<markup|branch> Makro indiziert eine Hilfe-Seite als Unterabschnitt und das
|
||||
<markup|continue> Makro eine Folge-Seite. Beide, das <markup|branch> und
|
||||
das <markup|continue> Makro haben zwei Argumente. Das erste Argument
|
||||
beschreibt den Link und das zweite Argument enthält schlieÿlich die
|
||||
Pfadadresse der verknüpften Datei.
|
||||
|
||||
Typischerweise werden sie am Ende einer Meta-Hilfs-Datei mehrere
|
||||
<markup|branch> oder <markup|continue> Makros finden, innerhalb eines
|
||||
<markup|traverse> Makros. Am Anfang des Dokuments sollten sie auÿerdem
|
||||
einen Titel für das Dokument definieren, dies gesschieht mit Hilfe des
|
||||
<markup|tmdoc-title> Makros. Wenn man dann eine gedruckte Version der
|
||||
Anleitung erstellt, kann man automatisch eine
|
||||
Kapitel/Abschitt/Unterabschnitt-Struktur mit dieser Information erzeugen.
|
||||
Alternativ könnte man auch zusätzliche Knöpfe für eine Navigation mittels
|
||||
eines Browsers innerhalb der Dokumentation erzeugen.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|german>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.0.17>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Traversing the <TeXmacs> documentation>
|
||||
|
||||
As a general rule, you should avoid the use of sectioning commands inside
|
||||
the <TeXmacs> documentation and try to write small help pages on well
|
||||
identified topics. At a second stage, you should write recursive ``meta
|
||||
help files'' which indicate how to traverse the documentation in an
|
||||
automatic way. This allows the reuse of a help page for different purposes
|
||||
(a printed manual, a web-oriented tutorial, etc.).
|
||||
|
||||
The <tmstyle|tmdoc> style provides three markup macros for indicating how
|
||||
to traverse documentation. The <markup|traverse> macro is used to
|
||||
encapsulate regions with traversal information. The <markup|branch> macro
|
||||
indicates a help page which should be considered as a subsection and the
|
||||
<markup|continue> macro indicates a follow-up page. Both the
|
||||
<markup|branch> and the <markup|continue> macro take two arguments. The
|
||||
first argument describes the link and the second argument gives the
|
||||
physical relative address of the linked file.
|
||||
|
||||
Typically, at the end of a meta help file you will find several
|
||||
<markup|branch> or <markup|continue> macros, inside one <markup|traverse>
|
||||
macro. At the top of the document, you should also specify a title for your
|
||||
document using the <markup|tmdoc-title> macro. When generating a printed
|
||||
manual from the documentation, a chapter-section-subsection structure will
|
||||
automatically be generated from this information and the document titles.
|
||||
Alternatively, one might automatically generate additional buttons for
|
||||
navigating inside the documentation using a browser.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|english>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Recorriendo la documentación <TeXmacs>>
|
||||
|
||||
Como una regla general, usted debe evitar el uso de comandos de sección
|
||||
dentro de la documentación de <TeXmacs> y tratar de escribir pequeñas
|
||||
páginas de ayuda sobre tópicos bien identificados. En una segunda etapa,
|
||||
usted debe escribir "meta archivos de ayuda" que indique como recorrer la
|
||||
documentación en una forma automática. Esto le permite el uso de una página
|
||||
de ayuda para diferentes propósitos (un manual impreso, un tutorial
|
||||
orientado a la Web, etc.).
|
||||
|
||||
El estilo <tmstyle|tmdoc> provee tres macros de etiquetamiento para indicar
|
||||
cómo recorrer la documentación. El macro <markup|traverse> es usado para
|
||||
encapsular regiones con información transversal. El macro <markup|branch>
|
||||
indica una página de ayuda que debe ser considerada como una subsección y
|
||||
el macro <markup|continue> indica una página que sigue. Tanto el macro
|
||||
<markup|branch> como el <markup|continue> toman dos argumentos. El primer
|
||||
argumento describe el enlace y el segundo argumento da la dirección física
|
||||
relativa del archivo enlazado.
|
||||
|
||||
Típicamente, al final de un meta archivo de ayuda usted encontrará varios
|
||||
macros <markup|branch> o <markup|continue>, dentro de un macro
|
||||
<markup|traverse>. En la parte superior del documento, usted debe
|
||||
espeficicar un título para su documento usando el macro
|
||||
<markup|tmdoc-title>. Cuanod se genera un manual impreso desde la
|
||||
documentación, una estructura capítulo-sección-subsección será
|
||||
automáticamente generada a partir de esta información y los títulos de los
|
||||
documentos. Alternaticamente, uno podría generar botones adicionales para
|
||||
la navegación dentro de la documentación usando un navegador.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven, Offray Vladimir
|
||||
Luna Cárdenas>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Se garantiza el permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o
|
||||
modificar este documento bajo los terminos de la GNU Free Documentation
|
||||
License, Versión 1.1 o cualquier versión posterior publicada por la Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; sin Secciones Invariantes, sin Textos de Portada, y
|
||||
sin Textos de Contraportada. Una copia de la licencia está incluida en la
|
||||
sección titulada "GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|spanish>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-10|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-11|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-12|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-13|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-14|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-15|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-16|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-9|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|tmdoc>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|traverse>>|<pageref|idx-2>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|branch>>|<pageref|idx-3>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|continue>>|<pageref|idx-4>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|branch>>|<pageref|idx-5>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|continue>>|<pageref|idx-6>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|branch>>|<pageref|idx-7>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|continue>>|<pageref|idx-8>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|traverse>>|<pageref|idx-9>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tmdoc-title>>|<pageref|idx-10>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.10>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Navigation dans la documentation <TeXmacs>>
|
||||
|
||||
En règle générale, vous devez éviter d'utiliser des sections dans la
|
||||
documentation <TeXmacs> et essayer d'écrire des pages d'aide courtes sur
|
||||
des sujets bien précis. Ensuite, vous devez créer des
|
||||
<space|0.2spc>méta-fichiers d'aide<space|0.2spc> qui indiquent comment
|
||||
naviguer automatiquement dans la documentation. Ceci permet le réemploi
|
||||
d'une page d'aide pour différents usages (un livre destiné à l'impression,
|
||||
un tutoriel sur un site web, etc...).
|
||||
|
||||
Le style <tmstyle|tmdoc> fournit trois macros de marquage pour indiquer
|
||||
comment naviguer dans la documentation. La macro <markup|traverse> est
|
||||
utilisée pour délimiter des régions de navigation. La macro <markup|branch>
|
||||
signale une page d'aide qui doit être considérée comme sous-section et la
|
||||
macro <markup|continue> indique une page de suite. Les macros
|
||||
<markup|branch> et <markup|continue> prennent deux arguments. Le premier
|
||||
argument décrit le lien, le second donne l'adresse physique relative du
|
||||
fichier lié.
|
||||
|
||||
En général, à la fin d'un méta-fichier d'aide, on trouve plusieurs macros
|
||||
<markup|branch> ou <markup|continue> à l'intérieur d'une macro
|
||||
<markup|traverse>. Vous devez aussi indiquer en haut du document son titre
|
||||
avec la macro <markup|tmdoc-title>. Lors de la création automatique d'un
|
||||
livre destiné à l'impression, une structure chapitre-section-sous-section
|
||||
sera automatiquement générée à partir de ces informations et des titres des
|
||||
documents. On peut aussi créer automatiquement des boutons de navigation
|
||||
pour usage dans un navigateur.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven|Michèle Garoche>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|french>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-10|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-9|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|tmdoc>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|traverse>>|<pageref|idx-2>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|branch>>|<pageref|idx-3>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|continue>>|<pageref|idx-4>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|branch>>|<pageref|idx-5>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|continue>>|<pageref|idx-6>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|branch>>|<pageref|idx-7>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|continue>>|<pageref|idx-8>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|traverse>>|<pageref|idx-9>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tmdoc-title>>|<pageref|idx-10>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.18>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Spostamenti automatici nella documentazione >
|
||||
|
||||
Come regola generale, è preferibile evitare, all'interno della
|
||||
documentazione di <TeXmacs>, il ricorso a testi lunghi e molto articolati,
|
||||
cercando di scrivere invece documenti brevi e su argomenti ben precisi. In
|
||||
una seconda fase conviene predisporre dei ``meta file'' di aiuto per
|
||||
agevolare gli spostamenti automatici da una parte all'altra della
|
||||
documentazione. Questa strategia consente, tra l'altro, di riutilizzare una
|
||||
stessa pagina del manuale in ambienti diversi (manuale stampato, tutorial
|
||||
sul web, ecc...).
|
||||
|
||||
Lo stile <tmstyle|tmdoc> prevede la definizione di tre possibili macro per
|
||||
indicare come spostarsi all'interno della documentazione. La macro
|
||||
<markup|traverse> viene usata per racchiudere regioni di testo che
|
||||
contengono informazioni trasversali. La macro <markup|branch> indica una
|
||||
pagina di aiuto considerata come una sottosezione e la macro
|
||||
<markup|continue> indica una pagina che segue. Sia la macro <markup|branch>
|
||||
che la macro <markup|continue> hanno per riferimento due argomenti. Il
|
||||
primo argomento descrive il link mentre il secondo fornisce l'indirizzo
|
||||
fisico della pagina a cui il link si riferisce.
|
||||
|
||||
Tipicamente al termine di un meta file di aiuto si troveranno numerose
|
||||
macro di tipo <markup|branch> o <markup|continue> all'interno di una macro
|
||||
di tipo <markup|traverse>. All'inizio del documento il titolo viene
|
||||
specificato utilizzando la macro <markup|tmdoc-title>. Nel momento in cui
|
||||
si desidera generare un manuale stampato la struttura
|
||||
titolo-capitolo-sezione-paragrafo verrà automaticamente generata, a partire
|
||||
da tutte le informazioni contenute in questo ambiente di macro. In
|
||||
alternativa è possibile generare dei bottoni addizionali per consentire la
|
||||
navigazione all'interno del documento, utilizzando un qualsiasi browser.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven, Andrea Centomo>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|italian>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-10|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-9|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|brown>|tmdoc>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|traverse>>|<pageref|idx-2>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|branch>>|<pageref|idx-3>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|continue>>|<pageref|idx-4>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|branch>>|<pageref|idx-5>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|continue>>|<pageref|idx-6>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|branch>>|<pageref|idx-7>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|continue>>|<pageref|idx-8>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|traverse>>|<pageref|idx-9>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|tmdoc-title>>|<pageref|idx-10>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.0.17>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Interfacing <TeXmacs> with other systems>
|
||||
|
||||
It is quite easy to write interfaces between <apply|TeXmacs> and computer
|
||||
algebra systems or other scientific programs with structured output. Please
|
||||
consider writing interfaces between <apply|TeXmacs> and your favorite
|
||||
system(s). <apply|TeXmacs> has already been interfaced with several other
|
||||
free systems, like Giac, Macaulay 2, Maxima, GNU Octave, Pari, Qcl,
|
||||
gTybalt, Yacas. Detailed documentation on how to add new interfaces is
|
||||
available in the <apply|hyper-link|<apply|menu|Help|Interfacing>|../../../d\
|
||||
evel/plugin/plugin.en.tm> menu.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|english>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Haciendo interfaces de <TeXmacs> con otros sistemas>
|
||||
|
||||
Es bien fácil escribir interfaces entre <apply|TeXmacs> y otros sistemas de
|
||||
álgebra computacional u otros programas científicos con salida
|
||||
estructurada. Por favor considere escribir interfaces entre <apply|TeXmacs>
|
||||
y su(s) sistema(s) favorito(s). Ya \ ha sido hechas interfaces entre
|
||||
<apply|TeXmacs> con varios otros sistemas libres, como Giac, Macaulay 2,
|
||||
Maxima, GNU Octave, Pari, Qcl, gTybalt, Yacas. Documentación detallada
|
||||
sobre cómo adicionar nuevas interfaces está disponible en el menu
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|<apply|menu|Help|Interfacing>|../../../devel/plugin/plugin.en.tm>.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven, Offray Vladimir
|
||||
Luna Cárdenas>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Se garantiza el permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o
|
||||
modificar este documento bajo los terminos de la GNU Free Documentation
|
||||
License, Versión 1.1 o cualquier versión posterior publicada por la Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; sin Secciones Invariantes, sin Textos de Portada, y
|
||||
sin Textos de Contraportada. Una copia de la licencia está incluida en la
|
||||
sección titulada "GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|spanish>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Ayuda>|<with|font
|
||||
family|<quote|ss>|Comunicación>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.10>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Interfaçage d'autres systèmes avec <TeXmacs>>
|
||||
|
||||
Il est très facile d'écrire des interfaces entre <apply|TeXmacs> et les
|
||||
logiciels de calcul formel ou d'autres programmes scientifiques dont les
|
||||
sorties sont structurées. N'hésitez pas à vous lancer dans l'écriture
|
||||
d'interfaces entre <apply|TeXmacs> et votre(vos) système(s) préféré(s).
|
||||
<apply|TeXmacs> a déjà été interfacé avec plusieurs systèmes gratuits,
|
||||
comme Giac, Macaulay 2, Maxima, GNU Octave, Pari, Qcl, gTybaly, Yacas. Pour
|
||||
de plus amples détails sur la façon d'ajouter de nouvelles interfaces, voir
|
||||
\ <apply|hyper-link|<apply|menu|Help|Interfacing>|../../../devel/plugin/plugin.fr.tm>.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven|Michèle Garoche>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|french>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Aide>|<with|font
|
||||
family|<quote|ss>|Interfaces>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.18>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Interfacciare <TeXmacs> con altri sistemi>
|
||||
|
||||
Risulta assai semplice interfacciare <apply|TeXmacs> con sistemi di
|
||||
computer algebra o con programmi scientifici che producono output
|
||||
strutturati. Tenete in considerazione la possibilità di scrivere
|
||||
un'interfaccia tra <apply|TeXmacs> e i vostri programmi scientifici
|
||||
preferiti. <apply|TeXmacs> è già interfacciato con numerosi altri programmi
|
||||
scientifici come Giac, Macaulay 2, Maxima, GNU Octave, Pari, Qcl, gTybalt,
|
||||
Yacas. La documentazione dettagliata su come realizzare nuove interfacceè
|
||||
disponibile nel menu <apply|hyper-link|<apply|menu|Help|Interfacing>|../../../devel/plugin/plugin.en.tm>.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven, Andrea Centomo>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|italian>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Aiuto>|<with|font
|
||||
family|<quote|ss>|Interfacciare>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.0.17>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Making donations to the <TeXmacs> project>
|
||||
|
||||
<paragraph|Making donations to TeXmacs through the SPI organization>
|
||||
|
||||
One very important way to support <TeXmacs> is by donating money to the
|
||||
project. <TeXmacs> is currently \ one of the projets of <inactive|> SPI
|
||||
(Software in the Public Interest; see <verbatim|http://www.spi-inc.org>).
|
||||
You may make donations of money to TeXmacs via this organization, by noting
|
||||
on your check or e-mail for wire transfers that your money should go to the
|
||||
TeXmacs project. You may also make donations of equipment or services or
|
||||
donations through vendors. See the SPI website for more information. We
|
||||
will maintain a webpage with a list of donors soon (if you agree to be on
|
||||
the list).
|
||||
|
||||
<paragraph|Details on how to donate money>
|
||||
|
||||
To make a donation, write a check or money order to:
|
||||
|
||||
<\quotation>
|
||||
<em|Software in the Public Interest, Inc.>
|
||||
</quotation>
|
||||
|
||||
and mail it to the following <label|address>address:
|
||||
|
||||
<\with|interparagraph space|0fn>
|
||||
<\quotation>
|
||||
Software in the Public Interest, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
P.O. Box 502761
|
||||
|
||||
Indianapolis, IN 46250-7761
|
||||
|
||||
United States
|
||||
</quotation>
|
||||
</with>
|
||||
|
||||
To make an electronic transfer (this will work for non-US too), you need to
|
||||
give your bank the routing number and account number as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
<\with|interparagraph space|0fn>
|
||||
<\quotation>
|
||||
The SPI bank account is at American Express Centurion Bank.
|
||||
|
||||
<\with|font family|tt>
|
||||
<with|font series|bold|Routing Number: >124071889
|
||||
|
||||
<with|font series|bold|Account Number: >1296789
|
||||
</with>
|
||||
</quotation>
|
||||
</with>
|
||||
|
||||
Don't forget to note on your check or e-mail for wire transfers that the
|
||||
money should be spent on the TeXmacs projet. In addition you may specify a
|
||||
more specific purpose on which you would like us to spend the money. You
|
||||
may also <apply|hyper-link|contact us|../../authors/contact.en.tm> for a
|
||||
more detailed discussion on this issue.
|
||||
|
||||
<paragraph|Important notes>
|
||||
|
||||
Let the SPI Treasurer (<verbatim|treasurer@spi-inc.org>) know if you have
|
||||
problems. When you have completed the electronic wire, please send a copy
|
||||
of the receipt to the above address so there is a copy of your donation.
|
||||
The copy you send to the treasurer is important. You may also want to
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|contact|../../authors/contact.en.tm> the TeXmacs team in
|
||||
order to make sure that the money arrived on the TeXmacs account.
|
||||
|
||||
<\with|font shape|italic>
|
||||
<with|font series|bold|Note:> The SPI address and account numbers may
|
||||
change from time to time. Please do not copy the address and account
|
||||
numbers, but rather point to the page
|
||||
<verbatim|http://www.spi-inc.org/donations> to ensure that donors will
|
||||
always see the most current information.
|
||||
</with>
|
||||
|
||||
<em|Donations in Europe> can be done through our partner in Germany, ffis
|
||||
e.V. If you are interested in using their bank account (to save
|
||||
international money transfer costs), please check the instructions on
|
||||
<verbatim|http://www.ffis.de/Verein/spi-en.html>.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|english>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|address|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Hacer donaciones al proyecto <TeXmacs>>
|
||||
|
||||
<paragraph|Haciendo donaciones a TeXmacs a través de la organización SPI>
|
||||
|
||||
Una muy importante forma de soportar <TeXmacs> es donando dinero al
|
||||
proyecto. <TeXmacs> es actualemtne uno de los proyecto de SPI (Software in
|
||||
the Public Interest, Software en el Interés Público; vea
|
||||
<verbatim|http://www.spi-inc.org>). Usted puede hacer donaciones de dinero
|
||||
a <TeXmacs> vía esta organización, mediante una notificación en su cheque o
|
||||
correo electrónico por una transferencia por cable que su dinero debe ir al
|
||||
proyecto <TeXmacs>. Usted puede hacer donaciones de equipos o servicios o
|
||||
donaciones a través de vendedores. Vea al sitio SPI para más información.
|
||||
Nosotros mantendremos una página Web con una lista de los donantes pronto
|
||||
(si usted accede a estar en la lista).
|
||||
|
||||
<paragraph|Detalles sobre como donar dinero>
|
||||
|
||||
Para hacer una donación, escriba un cheque o una orden monetaria a:
|
||||
|
||||
<\quotation>
|
||||
<em|Software in the Public Interest, Inc.>
|
||||
</quotation>
|
||||
|
||||
y envie un correo a la siguiente dirección:
|
||||
|
||||
<\with|interparagraph space|0fn>
|
||||
<\quotation>
|
||||
Software in the Public Interest, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
P.O. Box 502761
|
||||
|
||||
Indianapolis, IN 46250-7761
|
||||
|
||||
Estados Unidos
|
||||
</quotation>
|
||||
</with>
|
||||
|
||||
Para hacer una transferencia electrónica (esto funcionará para fuera de
|
||||
Estados Unidos también), usted necesita dar a su banco un número de
|
||||
enrutado y el número de la cuente como sigue:
|
||||
|
||||
<\with|interparagraph space|0fn>
|
||||
<\quotation>
|
||||
The SPI bank account is at American Express Centurion Bank.
|
||||
|
||||
<\with|font family|tt>
|
||||
<with|font series|bold|Routing Number: >124071889
|
||||
|
||||
<with|font series|bold|Account Number: >1296789
|
||||
</with>
|
||||
</quotation>
|
||||
</with>
|
||||
|
||||
No olvide solicitar en su cheque o correo por tranferencia vía cable que su
|
||||
dinero debe ser gastado en el proyecto TeXmacs. En adició nusted puede
|
||||
especificar una propósito más específico sobre el cual le gustaría que
|
||||
gastaramos el dinero. Usted puede también
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|contactarnos|../../authors/contact.en.tm> para una
|
||||
discusión más detallada sobre este aspecto.
|
||||
|
||||
<paragraph|Notas importantes>
|
||||
|
||||
Permita al tesorero de la SPI (<verbatim|treasurer@spi-inc.org>) saber si
|
||||
usted tiene problemas. Cuando usted ha completado el cable electrónico, por
|
||||
favor envíe una copia del recibo a la dirección de arriba, así hay una
|
||||
copia de su donación. La copia que usted envia al tesorero es importante.
|
||||
Usted puede tambien querer <apply|hyper-link|contactar|../../authors/contact.en.tm>
|
||||
al equipo TeXmacs a fin de asegurarse que el dinero ha llegado a la cuenta
|
||||
TeXmacs.
|
||||
|
||||
<\with|font shape|italic>
|
||||
<with|font series|bold|Nota:> La dirección SPI y los números de cuenta
|
||||
pueden cambiar de tiempo en tiempo. Por favor no copia la dirección y el
|
||||
número de cuentas, sino en su lugar diríjase a la página
|
||||
<verbatim|http://www.spi-inc.org/donations> para asegurarse que los
|
||||
donantes siempre verán la información más actualizada.
|
||||
</with>
|
||||
|
||||
<em|Donaciones es Europa> pueden ser hechas a través de nuestro socio en
|
||||
Alemana, ffis e.V. Si usted está interesado en su cuenta bancaria (para
|
||||
ahorrar costos de transferencia en moneda internacional), por favor
|
||||
verifique las instrucciones en <verbatim|http://www.ffis.de/Verein/spi-en.html>.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven, Offray Vladimir
|
||||
Luna Cárdenas>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Se garantiza el permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o
|
||||
modificar este documento bajo los terminos de la GNU Free Documentation
|
||||
License, Versión 1.1 o cualquier versión posterior publicada por la Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; sin Secciones Invariantes, sin Textos de Portada, y
|
||||
sin Textos de Contraportada. Una copia de la licencia está incluida en la
|
||||
sección titulada "GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|spanish>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|address|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|toc>
|
||||
<with|left margin|<quote|6fn>|font size|<quote|0.84>|Haciendo
|
||||
donaciones a TeXmacs a través de la organización
|
||||
SPI<value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-1>>
|
||||
|
||||
<with|left margin|<quote|6fn>|font size|<quote|0.84>|Detalles sobre
|
||||
como donar dinero<value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-2>>
|
||||
|
||||
<with|left margin|<quote|6fn>|font size|<quote|0.84>|Notas
|
||||
importantes<value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-3>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.10>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Comment faire un don au projet <TeXmacs>>
|
||||
|
||||
<paragraph|Dons effectués à TeXmacs par l'intermédiaire de SPI>
|
||||
|
||||
L'un des moyens les plus efficaces de soutenir le projet <TeXmacs> est de
|
||||
faire un don en espèces. <TeXmacs> est un des projets soutenus par SPI
|
||||
(Software in the Public Interest; voir <verbatim|http://www.spi-inc.org>).
|
||||
Vous pouvez faire un don en espèces à TeXmacs via cette organisation, en
|
||||
notant au dos de votre chèque ou dans l'email pour les virements
|
||||
électroniques, que votre don est réservé au projet TeXmacs. Vous pouvez
|
||||
aussi faire don de matériel, de services ou d'espèces par l'intermédiaire
|
||||
de certains prestataires de services. Voir le site SPI pour de plus amples
|
||||
détails. Nous créerons bientôt une page web avec la liste des donateurs (où
|
||||
vous apparaîtrez si vous acceptez d'y être mentionné).
|
||||
|
||||
<paragraph|Comment Faire un Don en Espèces>
|
||||
|
||||
Pour faire un don, remplissez un chèque ou un ordre de virement libellé à
|
||||
l'ordre de :
|
||||
|
||||
<\quotation>
|
||||
<em|Software in the Public Interest, Inc.>
|
||||
</quotation>
|
||||
|
||||
et adressez-le à :
|
||||
|
||||
<\with|interparagraph space|0fn>
|
||||
<\quotation>
|
||||
<\with|font series|bold>
|
||||
Software in the Public Interest, Inc.
|
||||
</with>
|
||||
|
||||
P.O. Box 502761
|
||||
|
||||
Indianapolis, IN 46250-7761
|
||||
|
||||
United States
|
||||
</quotation>
|
||||
</with>
|
||||
|
||||
Pour faire un virement électronique (possible aussi en dehors des USA),
|
||||
vous devez fournir à votre banque les numéros de routage et de compte
|
||||
suivants :
|
||||
|
||||
<\with|interparagraph space|0fn>
|
||||
<\quotation>
|
||||
Le compte de SPI est ouvert chez American Express Centurion Bank.
|
||||
|
||||
<\with|font family|tt>
|
||||
<with|font series|bold|Numéro de routage : >124071889
|
||||
|
||||
<with|font series|bold|Numéro de compte : >1296789
|
||||
</with>
|
||||
</quotation>
|
||||
</with>
|
||||
|
||||
N'oubliez pas de noter sur votre chèque ou dans l'email en cas de virement
|
||||
électronique que le don est réservé au projet TeXmacs. De plus, vous pouvez
|
||||
indiquer que le don doit servir un but spécifique.
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|Contactez-nous|../../authors/contact.fr.tm> si vous
|
||||
désirez en savoir plus à ce sujet.
|
||||
|
||||
<paragraph|Remarques importantes>
|
||||
|
||||
Contactez le trésorier de SPI (<verbatim|treasurer@spi-inc.org>) en cas de
|
||||
problèmes. Lorsque vous effectuez un virement électronique, envoyez une
|
||||
copie du reçu à l'adresse ci-dessus afin qu'il existe une trace de votre
|
||||
don. La copie envoyée au trésorier est une pièce importante. Vous pouvez
|
||||
également <apply|hyper-link|contacter|../../authors/contact.fr.tm> l'équipe
|
||||
de TeXmacs pour vous assurer que l'argent est bien arrivé sur le compte de
|
||||
TeXmacs.
|
||||
|
||||
<\with|font shape|italic>
|
||||
<with|font series|bold|Note :> L'adresse de SPI et son numéro de compte
|
||||
sont sujets à changement. Ne copiez pas l'adresse et les numéros indiqués
|
||||
ci-dessus, mais faites un lien vers la page
|
||||
<verbatim|http://www.spi-inc.org/donations> de manière à ce que les
|
||||
donateurs aient en main les bonnes informations.
|
||||
</with>
|
||||
|
||||
<with|font series|bold|<with|font series|medium|Les >{em|Dons en provenance
|
||||
d'Europe}|>Les <em|Dons en provenance d'Europe> peuvent être effectués par
|
||||
l'intermédiaire de notre partenaire en Allemagne, ffis e.V. Si vous voulez
|
||||
utiliser leur compte bancaire (pour éviter des frais de transferts
|
||||
internationaux), suivez les instructions sur
|
||||
<verbatim|http://www.ffis.de/Verein/spi-en.html>.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven|Michèle Garoche>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|preamble|false>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|french>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|address|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.18>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Fare donazioni al progetto <TeXmacs>>
|
||||
|
||||
<paragraph|Fare una donazione al progetto TeXmacs attraverso
|
||||
l'organizzazione SPI>
|
||||
|
||||
Un modo importante per supportare <TeXmacs> consiste nel donare al progetto
|
||||
del denaro. <TeXmacs> fa attualmente parte dei progetti di pubblico
|
||||
interesse che rientrano in SPI (Software in the Public Interest; vedi
|
||||
<verbatim|http://www.spi-inc.org>). Potete fare donazioni di denaro a
|
||||
TeXmacs attraverso questa organizzazione, annotando sul vostro check o
|
||||
nella e-mail per effettuare la transazione che il finanziamento è a favore
|
||||
del progetto TeXmacs. Sono accolte anche donazioni di attrezzature e di
|
||||
servizi e donazioni attraverso commercianti. Per ulteriori informazioni
|
||||
potete visitare il sito SPI. Presto verrà mantenuta una pagina web
|
||||
contenente la lista completa delle donazioni; naturalmente resta facoltà
|
||||
del donatore richiedere di non esservi incluso.
|
||||
|
||||
<paragraph|Dettagli sulle donazioni>
|
||||
|
||||
Per fare una donazione potete indirizzare un check o un vaglia postale a:
|
||||
|
||||
<\quotation>
|
||||
<em|Software in the Public Interest, Inc.>
|
||||
</quotation>
|
||||
|
||||
al seguente <label|indirizzo>indirizzo:
|
||||
|
||||
<\with|interparagraph space|0fn>
|
||||
<\quotation>
|
||||
Software in the Public Interest, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
P.O. Box 502761
|
||||
|
||||
Indianapolis, IN 46250-7761
|
||||
|
||||
United States
|
||||
</quotation>
|
||||
</with>
|
||||
|
||||
Per una transazione bancaria elettronica (spesso funziona anche in paesi
|
||||
non-US), è necessario consegnare alla banca numero di routing e numero di
|
||||
account come segue:
|
||||
|
||||
<\with|interparagraph space|0fn>
|
||||
<\quotation>
|
||||
Il conto bancario SPI è presso la banca American Express Centurion
|
||||
Bank.
|
||||
|
||||
<\with|font family|tt>
|
||||
<with|font series|bold|Routing Number: >124071889
|
||||
|
||||
<with|font series|bold|Account Number: >1296789
|
||||
</with>
|
||||
</quotation>
|
||||
</with>
|
||||
|
||||
Non dimenticate di segnalare esplicitamente sul vostro check o nella e-mail
|
||||
che la donazione è rivolta al progetto TeXmacs. In aggiunta è possibile
|
||||
specificare in modo preciso il modo in cui desiderereste venisse impiegato
|
||||
il denaro all'interno del progetto. Per approfondire questo aspetto potete
|
||||
eventualmente <apply|hyper-link|contattarci|../../authors/contact.it.tm>
|
||||
direttamente.
|
||||
|
||||
<paragraph|Osservazioni importanti>
|
||||
|
||||
Nel caso in cui insorgessero dei problemi contattate il tesoriere di SPI
|
||||
(<verbatim|treasurer@spi-inc.org>). Una volta completata la transazione
|
||||
elettronica, inviate una copia della ricevuta all'indirizzo sopra
|
||||
menzionato, in modo da garantire l'esistenza di copia della donazione. La
|
||||
copia spedita al tesoriere è importante! Potete anche
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|contattare|../../authors/contact.it.tm> il team di
|
||||
TeXmacs per essere certi dell'avvenuto deposito del denaro donato sul conto
|
||||
bancario intestato a TeXmacs.
|
||||
|
||||
<\with|font shape|italic>
|
||||
<with|font series|bold|Nota:> l'indirizzo di SPI e le coordinate del
|
||||
relativo conto bancario possono subire nel tempo delle variazioni percui
|
||||
siete invitati a controllare i dati aggiornati all'indirizzo internet di
|
||||
SPI, <verbatim|http://www.spi-inc.org/donations>, prima di fare qualsiasi
|
||||
donazione.
|
||||
</with>
|
||||
|
||||
<em|Donazioni in Europa> possono essere effettuate attraverso il nostro
|
||||
partner tedesco, ffis e.V. Se desiderate utilizzare il loro conto bancario
|
||||
(in modo da minimizzare i costi per le transazioni internazionali) seguite
|
||||
le indicazioni disponibili al sito <verbatim|http://www.ffis.de/Verein/spi-en.html>.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven, Andrea Centomo>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|italian>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|address|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|indirizzo|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|toc>
|
||||
<with|left margin|<quote|6fn>|font size|<quote|0.84>|Fare una donazione
|
||||
al progetto TeXmacs attraverso l'organizzazione
|
||||
SPI<value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-1>>
|
||||
|
||||
<with|left margin|<quote|6fn>|font size|<quote|0.84>|Dettagli sulle
|
||||
donazioni<value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-2>>
|
||||
|
||||
<with|left margin|<quote|6fn>|font size|<quote|0.84>|Osservazioni
|
||||
importanti<value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-3>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.0.17>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Porting <TeXmacs> to other platforms>
|
||||
|
||||
Having only access to PC/Linux and SUN systems, I am interested in people
|
||||
who want to port <apply|TeXmacs> to other Unix systems with X Window and to
|
||||
maintain the corresponding distributions. If you want to do this, you
|
||||
should take a look at the files\
|
||||
|
||||
<\verbatim>
|
||||
\ \ \ \ configure.in<format|next line> \ \ \ src/Basic/fast_alloc.cpp
|
||||
</verbatim>
|
||||
|
||||
Specialists on <verbatim|autoconf>, redhat and rpm packages are also
|
||||
welcome to communicate their suggestions, patches, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
Besides porting <apply|TeXmacs> to other Unix-based systems, it would be
|
||||
nice to port <apply|TeXmacs> to Windows (and Mac OS). Please join the
|
||||
<verbatim|texmacs-dev@gnu.org> mailing list if you want to help.
|
||||
Discussions have been going on about how to do the porting and in
|
||||
particular about which portable graphical user interface (like Gtk, Qt,
|
||||
Wxwindows or GNUstep) we should use. Our strategy will be to first put all
|
||||
GUI dependent code in a cleanly specified TMGUI API and then do the actual
|
||||
porting. In fact, this will allow us to support multiple graphical
|
||||
toolkits. More details can be found in the archives of the
|
||||
<verbatim|texmacs-dev@gnu.org> mailing list.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|english>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Portar <TeXmacs> a otras plataformas>
|
||||
|
||||
Teniendo sólo acceso a sistemas PC/Linux y SUN, estoy interesado en gente
|
||||
que quiera portar <apply|TeXmacs> a otros sistemas Unix con X Window y
|
||||
mantener las correspondientes distribuciones. Si usted quiere hacer esto,
|
||||
debe tomar un vistaso a los archivos
|
||||
|
||||
<\verbatim>
|
||||
\ \ \ \ configure.in<format|next line> \ \ \ src/Basic/fast_alloc.cpp
|
||||
</verbatim>
|
||||
|
||||
Especialistas en <verbatim|autoconf>, redhat y paquetes rpm son también
|
||||
bienvenidos a comunicar sus sugerencias, parches, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
Además de portar a <apply|TeXmacs> a otros sistemas basados en Unix, sería
|
||||
agradable portar <apply|TeXmacs> a Windows (y Mac OC). Por favor únase a la
|
||||
lista de correo <verbatim|texmacs-dev@gnu.org> si usted quiere ayudar. Han
|
||||
habido discusiones sobre como hacer el puerto y en particular sobre cual
|
||||
interface gráfica de usuario portable (como Gtk, Qt, Wxwindows o GNUstep)
|
||||
debemos usar. Nuestra estratégia será primer poner todo el código
|
||||
dependiente de la GUI en un limpiamente espefcicada API TMGUI y entonces
|
||||
hacer el puerto actual. De hecho, esto nos permitirá soportar múltiples
|
||||
toolkits gráficos. Más detalles pueden ser encontrados en los archivos de
|
||||
la lista de correo <verbatim|texmacs-dev@gnu.org>.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven, Offray Vladimir
|
||||
Luna Cárdenas>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Se garantiza el permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o
|
||||
modificar este documento bajo los terminos de la GNU Free Documentation
|
||||
License, Versión 1.1 o cualquier versión posterior publicada por la Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; sin Secciones Invariantes, sin Textos de Portada, y
|
||||
sin Textos de Contraportada. Una copia de la licencia está incluida en la
|
||||
sección titulada "GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|spanish>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.10>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Port de <TeXmacs> sur d'autres plateformes>
|
||||
|
||||
Comme je n'ai accès qu'aux environnements PC/Linux et SUN, j'aimerais
|
||||
trouver des personnes qui pourraient porter <apply|TeXmacs> sur d'autres
|
||||
systèmes Unix avec X Window et maintenir les distributions correspondantes.
|
||||
Si vous êtes intéressé(e), voyez les fichiers :
|
||||
|
||||
<\verbatim>
|
||||
\ \ \ \ configure.in<format|next line> \ \ \ src/Basic/fast_alloc.cpp
|
||||
</verbatim>
|
||||
|
||||
Les spécialistes des progiciels <verbatim|autoconf>, redhat et rpm peuvent
|
||||
soumettre leurs suggestions, patches, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
En plus de porter <apply|TeXmacs> sur d'autres systèmes Unix, il serait
|
||||
intéressant de porter <apply|TeXmacs> sur Windows (et Mac OS). Joignez-vous
|
||||
à la liste de diffusion <verbatim|texmacs-dev@gnu.org> si vous voulez nous
|
||||
aider. Des discussions ont eu lieu sur la façon d'effectuer le portage et,
|
||||
en particulier, sur quelle interface graphique utilisateur portable (telles
|
||||
Gtk, Qt, Wxwindows ou GNUstep) nous devions nous baser. Notre stratégie
|
||||
est, dans une première étape, d'isoler le code dépendant d'une GUI dans une
|
||||
API TMGUI, puis d'effectuer le portage. Ceci nous permettra de gérer
|
||||
plusieurs boîtes à outils graphiques. Vous trouverez de plus amples détails
|
||||
dans les archives de la liste de diffusion <verbatim|texmacs-dev@gnu.org>.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven|Michèle Garoche>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|french>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.18>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Portare <TeXmacs> su altre piattaforme>
|
||||
|
||||
Dal momento che abbiamo principalmente accesso a sistemi PC/Linux e SUN,
|
||||
siamo interessati a collaborare con persone che desiderano portare
|
||||
<apply|TeXmacs> su altri sistemi Unix o con X Window, e a mantenere la
|
||||
corrispondente distribuzione. Se desiderate fare questo date un'occhiata ai
|
||||
file:
|
||||
|
||||
<\verbatim>
|
||||
\ \ \ \ configure.in<format|next line> \ \ \ src/Basic/fast_alloc.cpp
|
||||
</verbatim>
|
||||
|
||||
Sono benvenuti gli specialisti di <verbatim|autoconf>, redhat e rpm, non da
|
||||
ultimo per comunicare suggerimenti, patches, ecc....
|
||||
|
||||
Oltre al porting di <apply|TeXmacs> su altri sistemi Unix, sarebbe
|
||||
interessante avere il porting di <apply|TeXmacs> sotto Windows e Mac OS.
|
||||
Per dare aiuti in questa direzione conviene prima di tutto iscriversi alla
|
||||
mailing list <verbatim|texmacs-dev@gnu.org>. Sono in corso discussioni su
|
||||
come eseguire i diversi porting e su quale interfaccia grafica sia più
|
||||
adatta a questo scopo (Gtk, Qt, Wxwindows o GNUstep). La nostra strategia
|
||||
attuale consiste nel sistemare tutte le parti di codice relative alla GUI
|
||||
in una ben specificata TMGUI API e solo successivamente eseguirne il
|
||||
porting. Ciò permette di supportare sistemi multipli di interfacce
|
||||
grafiche. Ulteriori dettagli si possono comunque avere consultando gli
|
||||
archivi della mailing list <verbatim|texmacs-dev@gnu.org>.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven, Andrea Centomo>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|italian>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.0.17>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Internationalization>
|
||||
|
||||
The support of a maximal number of foreign languages is another major
|
||||
challenge in which your help would be appreciated. Making the translations
|
||||
to support a new language usually requires several days of work. We
|
||||
therefore recommend you to find some friends or collegues who are willing
|
||||
to help you.
|
||||
|
||||
The procedure for adding a new language is as follows
|
||||
|
||||
<\itemize>
|
||||
<item>You copy the file <verbatim|english-new.scm> to
|
||||
<verbatim|english-<em|yourlanguage>.dic> in <verbatim|langs/natural/dic>
|
||||
and fill out the corresponding translations. You may want to use Andrey
|
||||
Grozin's dictionary tool at
|
||||
|
||||
<\verbatim>
|
||||
\ \ \ \ http://www.texmacs.org/Data/dictool.py.gz
|
||||
</verbatim>
|
||||
|
||||
In order to use it, may sure that Python is installed on your system,
|
||||
download the file, gunzip it, make it executable and run it.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>You tell me about any special typographical rules in your language
|
||||
and handy keystrokes for producing special characters.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>I take care of the hyphenation and typographical issues, but you
|
||||
test them.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>If you have enough time, you may also consider the translation of
|
||||
(part of) the existing documentation.
|
||||
</itemize>
|
||||
|
||||
Of course, the support for languages get out of date each time that new
|
||||
features are added to <TeXmacs>. For this reason, we also maintain a file
|
||||
<verbatim|miss-english-<em|yourlanguage>.dic> with all missing translation
|
||||
for your language, once that it has been added. Please do not hesitate to
|
||||
send inclomplete versions of <verbatim|english-<em|yourlanguage>.dic> or
|
||||
<verbatim|miss-english-<em|yourlanguage>.dic>; someone else may be willing
|
||||
to complete them.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|english>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Internacionalización>
|
||||
|
||||
El soporte de un máximo número de lenguajes extrangeros es otros de los
|
||||
mayores desafios en el cual su ayuda sería apreciada. Hacer las
|
||||
traducciones para soportar un nuevo lenguaje usualmente requiere varios
|
||||
días de trabajo. Por tanto recomendamos encontrar algnos amigos o colegas
|
||||
que estén deseosos de ayudarlo.
|
||||
|
||||
El procedimiento para adicionar un nuevo lenguaje es el siguiente
|
||||
|
||||
<\itemize>
|
||||
<item>Copie el archivo <verbatim|english-new.scm> a
|
||||
<verbatim|english-<em|sulenguaje>.dic> en <verbatim|langs/natural/dic> y
|
||||
llene las correspondientes traducciones. Uste puede querer usar la
|
||||
herramienta de diccionario de Andrey Grozin en\
|
||||
|
||||
<\verbatim>
|
||||
\ \ \ \ http://www.texmacs.org/Data/dictool.py.gz
|
||||
</verbatim>
|
||||
|
||||
A fin de usarla, esté seguro de que Python está instalado en su sistema,
|
||||
descargue el archivo, ejecute gunzip sobre él, hágalo ejecutable y
|
||||
córralo.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Cuénteme acerca de cualquier regla tipográfica especial en su
|
||||
lenguaje y conbinaciones de teclas útiles para producir caracteres
|
||||
especiales.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Me preocupo de los asuntos de separación silábica y tipográficos,
|
||||
pero pruébelos.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Si usted tiene suficiente tiempo, puede considerar la traducción de
|
||||
(parte de) la documentación existente.
|
||||
</itemize>
|
||||
|
||||
Por supuesto, el soporte para lenguajes se desactualiza cada vez que nuevas
|
||||
características son adicionadas a <TeXmacs>. Por esta razón, nosotros
|
||||
tambien mantenemos un archivo <verbatim|miss-english-<em|sulenguaje>.dic>
|
||||
con toda la traducción perdida para su lenguaje, una ve que esta ha sido
|
||||
adicionada. Por favor no vacile enviar versiones incompeltes de
|
||||
<verbatim|english-<em|sulenguaje>.dic> o
|
||||
<verbatim|miss-english-<em|sulenguaje>.dic>; alguién más estará deseoso de
|
||||
completarlos
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven, Offray Vladimir
|
||||
Luna Cárdenas>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Se garantiza el permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o
|
||||
modificar este documento bajo los terminos de la GNU Free Documentation
|
||||
License, Versión 1.1 o cualquier versión posterior publicada por la Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; sin Secciones Invariantes, sin Textos de Portada, y
|
||||
sin Textos de Contraportada. Una copia de la licencia está incluida en la
|
||||
sección titulada "GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|spanish>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.10>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Internationalisation>
|
||||
|
||||
L'incorporation d'un maximum de langues étrangères est un autre défi
|
||||
important pour laquelle votre aide est la bienvenue. Faire les traductions
|
||||
pour incorporer un nouveau langage demandent plusieurs jours de travail.
|
||||
Nous vous recommandons donc de trouver des amis et collègues qui pourront
|
||||
vous aider.
|
||||
|
||||
La procédure d'ajout d'un nouveau langage est la suivante :
|
||||
|
||||
<\itemize>
|
||||
<item>Dupliquez le fichier <verbatim|english-new.scm> situé dans
|
||||
<verbatim|english-<em|yourlanguage>.dic> et renommez-le
|
||||
<verbatim|english-<em|yourlanguage>.dic>. Effectuez-en la traduction.
|
||||
Vous pouvez utiliser l'outil dictionnaire de Andrey Grozin :
|
||||
|
||||
<\verbatim>
|
||||
\ \ \ \ http://www.texmacs.org/Data/dictool.py.gz
|
||||
</verbatim>
|
||||
|
||||
Pour l'utiliser, vous devez vous assurer que Python est installé sur
|
||||
votre système. Téléchargez le fichier, décompressez-le avec gunzip,
|
||||
compilez-le et lancez-le.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Indiquez-moi les règles typographiques de votre langue et les
|
||||
raccourcis clavier en usage pour générer des caractères spéciaux.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Je m'occupe des problèmes de césure et de typographie, mais vous
|
||||
testez le résultat.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Si vous avez du temps, vous pouvez aussi envisager la traduction
|
||||
(d'une partie) de la documentation.
|
||||
</itemize>
|
||||
|
||||
Naturellement, ce travail doit être actualisé à chaque fois que <TeXmacs>
|
||||
est amélioré. C'est pourquoi nous avons créé un fichier
|
||||
<verbatim|miss-english-<em|yourlanguage>.dic> qui contient toutes les
|
||||
traductions manquantes dans votre langue. N'hésitez pas à envoyer des
|
||||
versions incomplètes des fichiers <verbatim|english-<em|yourlanguage>.dic>
|
||||
ou <verbatim|miss-english-<em|yourlanguage>.dic> ; quelqu'un d'autre se
|
||||
proposera peut-être de les compléter.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven|Michèle Garoche>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|french>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.18>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Internazionalizzazione>
|
||||
|
||||
Il supporto del maggior numero possibile di lingue straniere rappresenta
|
||||
per <TeXmacs> una grande sfida in cui il vostro aiuto è estremamente
|
||||
gradito. Il lavoro di traduzione per il supporto in una nuova lingua
|
||||
richiede normalmente molti giorni di lavoro. Per questo si raccomanda di
|
||||
intraprenderlo in compagnia di amici o colleghi, che possano offrirvi un
|
||||
aiuto.
|
||||
|
||||
La procedura per l'aggiunta di una nuova lingua è la seguente:
|
||||
|
||||
<\itemize>
|
||||
<item>Si copia il file <verbatim|english-new.scm> in
|
||||
<verbatim|english-<em|nuovalingua>.dic> tipicamente nella seguente
|
||||
directory <verbatim|/langs/natural/dic> e se ne esegue la traduzione. Per
|
||||
fare questo potresti aver bisogno del dizionario di Andrey Grozin
|
||||
reperibile all'indirizzo
|
||||
|
||||
<\verbatim>
|
||||
\ \ \ \ http://www.texmacs.org/Data/dictool.py.gz
|
||||
</verbatim>
|
||||
|
||||
Prima di utilizzare questo strumento assicurati che Python sia installato
|
||||
nel tuo sistema, quindi scarica il file, scompattalo usando gunzip,
|
||||
rendilo eseguibile e quindi usalo.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Siete pregati di tenerci al corrente dell'esistenza di eventuali
|
||||
regole tipografiche peculiari della vostra lingua e di comandi da
|
||||
tastiera utili per produrre caratteri speciali.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Nonostante sia nostro compito occuparci dei problemi tipografici e
|
||||
di sillabazione voi siete coloro che poi verificano sul campo la bontà
|
||||
del lavoro svolto.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Se avete abbastanza tempo a disposizione potete prendervi carico
|
||||
della traduzione di tutta o parte della documentazione attualmente
|
||||
esistente.
|
||||
</itemize>
|
||||
|
||||
Naturalmente il supporto per le lingue diviene obsoleto ogni volta che
|
||||
vengono aggiunte a <TeXmacs> nuove funzionalità. Per questo motivo viene
|
||||
mantenuto il file <verbatim|miss-english-<em|yourlanguage>.dic> in cui sono
|
||||
elencati i termini mancanti della traduzione nella vostra lingua
|
||||
eventualmente aggiunti da poco. Non esitate a segnalare l'esistenza di
|
||||
versioni incomplete di <verbatim|english-<em|yourlanguage>.dic> o di
|
||||
<verbatim|miss-english-<em|yourlanguage>.dic> in quanto forse qualcuno
|
||||
desidera completarle.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven, Andrea Centomo>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|italian>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.0.17>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Use <TeXmacs>>
|
||||
|
||||
One of the best ways to contribute to GNU <apply|TeXmacs> is by using it a
|
||||
lot, talk about it to friends and collegues, and to report me about bugs or
|
||||
other unnatural behaviour. Please mention the fact that you wrote articles
|
||||
using <TeXmacs> when submitting them. You can do this by putting the
|
||||
<markup|made-by-TeXmacs> tag somewhere inside your title using
|
||||
<apply|menu|Text|Title|TeXmacs notice>.
|
||||
|
||||
Besides these general (but very important) ways to contribute, your help on
|
||||
the more specific subjects below would be appreciated. Don't hesitate to
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|contact us|../../authors/contact.en.tm> if you want to
|
||||
contribute to these or any other issues. In the <apply|menu|Help> menu you
|
||||
can find documentation about the <apply|hyper-link|source
|
||||
code|../../../devel/source/source.en.tm> of <apply|TeXmacs>, its
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|document format|../../../devel/format/format.en.tm>, how
|
||||
to write <apply|hyper-link|interfaces|../../../devel/plugin/plugin.en.tm>
|
||||
with other formats, and so on.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|english>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Usar <TeXmacs>>
|
||||
|
||||
Una de las mejores maneras de contribuir a GNU <apply|TeXmacs> es usarlo
|
||||
mucho, hablar acerca de él a sus amigos y colegas, y reportarme acerca de
|
||||
los errores u otros comportamientos no naturales. Por favor mencione el
|
||||
hecho de que usted escribió artículos usando <TeXmacs> cuendo los envíe.
|
||||
Usted puede hacer esto poniendo la etiqueta <markup|made-by-TeXmacs> en
|
||||
algún lugar dentro de su título usando la nota
|
||||
<apply|menu|Texto|Título|Aviso de TeXmacs>.
|
||||
|
||||
Además estas generales (pero muy importantes) formas de contribuir, su
|
||||
ayuda en los siguientes temas más específicos sería apreciada. No vacile
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|contactarnos|../../authors/contact.es.tm> si usted quiere
|
||||
contribuir a esos o cualesquiera otros asuntos. En el menú
|
||||
<apply|menu|Ayuda> usted puede encontrar documentación acerca del
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|código fuente|../../../devel/source/source.en.tm> de
|
||||
<apply|TeXmacs>, su <apply|hyper-link|formato de
|
||||
documento|../../../devel/format/format.en.tm>, como escribir
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|interfaces|../../../devel/plugin/plugin.en.tm> con otros
|
||||
formatos, y así.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven, Offray Vladimir
|
||||
Luna Cárdenas>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Se garantiza el permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o
|
||||
modificar este documento bajo los terminos de la GNU Free Documentation
|
||||
License, Versión 1.1 o cualquier versión posterior publicada por la Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; sin Secciones Invariantes, sin Textos de Portada, y
|
||||
sin Textos de Contraportada. Una copia de la licencia está incluida en la
|
||||
sección titulada "GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|spanish>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|made-by-TeXmacs>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Texto>|<with|font
|
||||
family|<quote|ss>|Título>|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Aviso de
|
||||
TeXmacs>>|<pageref|idx-2>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Ayuda>>|<pageref|idx-3>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.10>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Utilisation de <TeXmacs>>
|
||||
|
||||
L'un des meilleurs moyens de contribuer à GNU <apply|TeXmacs> est de
|
||||
l'utiliser intensivement, d'en parler à vos amis et collègues, et de
|
||||
m'envoyer des rapports de bogues ou de fonctionnement étrange. Mentionnez
|
||||
le fait que vous utilisez TeXmacs pour écrire vos articles lors de leur
|
||||
remise. \ Il vous suffit pour cela d'insérer la marque
|
||||
<markup|made-by-TeXmacs> tag dans le titre avec
|
||||
<apply|menu|Text|Title|TeXmacs notice>.
|
||||
|
||||
Besides these general (but very important) ways to contribute, your help on
|
||||
the more specific subjects below would be appreciated. Outre ces moyens
|
||||
simples (mais très importants) de contribution, nous serions heureux que
|
||||
vous puissiez nous aider sur les sujets évoqués plus loin. N'hésitez pas à
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|nous contacter|../../authors/contact.fr.tm> si vous
|
||||
voulez contribuer à ces sujets ou à d'autres sujets qui vous tiennent à
|
||||
coeur. Consultez le menu <apply|menu|Help> pour avoir plus de détails sur
|
||||
le <apply|hyper-link|code source|../../../devel/source/source.fr.tm> of
|
||||
<apply|TeXmacs>, son <apply|hyper-link|format de
|
||||
document|../../../devel/format/format.fr.tm>, la façon d'écrire des
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|interfaces|../../../devel/plugin/plugin.fr.tm> avec
|
||||
d'autres formats, etc...
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven|Michèle Garoche>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|french>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Aide>|<with|font
|
||||
family|<quote|ss>|Implantation>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.18>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Usare <TeXmacs>>
|
||||
|
||||
Uno dei modi migliori per contribuire a GNU <apply|TeXmacs> consiste
|
||||
nell'utilizzarlo spesso, nel parlarne ad amici e colleghi e nel segnalare
|
||||
all'autore bug o malfunzionamenti in genere. Da questo punto di vista,
|
||||
quando inviate articoli scritti con <TeXmacs>, siete invitati a segnalarlo.
|
||||
Per fare questo è sufficiente inserire il tag <markup|made-by-TeXmacs> da
|
||||
qualche parte nel titolo utilizzando il menu <apply|menu|Text|Title|TeXmacs
|
||||
notice>.
|
||||
|
||||
Oltre a questo modo generico (ma molto importante) di contribuire a
|
||||
<TeXmacs> sono benvenuti tutti i possibili aiuti sui molti aspetti
|
||||
specifici di cui si parla oltre. Quindi, se desiderate contribuire allo
|
||||
sviluppo di qualche aspetto del programma, non esitate a
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|contattarci|../../authors/contact.it.tm>. Nel menu
|
||||
<apply|menu|Help> potete trovare la documentazione relativa al
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|codice sorgente|../../../devel/source/source.it.tm> di
|
||||
<apply|TeXmacs>, al suo <apply|hyper-link|formato
|
||||
documenti|../../../devel/format/format.it.tm>, su come scrivere
|
||||
<apply|hyper-link|interfacce|../../../devel/plugin/plugin.it.tm> in altri
|
||||
formati e così di seguito.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven, Andrea Centomo>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|italian>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|idx>
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|tt>|color|<quote|dark
|
||||
green>|made-by-TeXmacs>>|<pageref|idx-1>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Testo>|<with|font
|
||||
family|<quote|ss>|Titolo>|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Avviso di
|
||||
TeXmacs>>|<pageref|idx-2>>
|
||||
|
||||
<tuple|<tuple|<with|font family|<quote|ss>|Aiuto>>|<pageref|idx-3>>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.11>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Plans for the future>
|
||||
|
||||
<with|color|red|[Should be updated]>
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Typesetting>
|
||||
|
||||
Some major typesetting facilities which have not yet been implemented are
|
||||
the following:
|
||||
|
||||
<\itemize>
|
||||
<item>Separation of a document in several parts.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Dynamical objects like in HTML.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Environments for computer algebra system interfaces.
|
||||
</itemize>
|
||||
|
||||
Many minor facilities should also be completed. We list a few of them:
|
||||
|
||||
<\itemize>
|
||||
<item>Consider fractions as operators <with|mode|math|\<Rightarrow\>>
|
||||
spaces before and after. Similarly for scripts
|
||||
<with|mode|math|\<Rightarrow\>> small space before left scripts and after
|
||||
right scripts.
|
||||
</itemize>
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Extra facilities for editing texts>
|
||||
|
||||
Although cursor movement, selections, etc. have already been implemented,
|
||||
some other standard editing facilities have not yet been completed. Let us
|
||||
mention a few of these:
|
||||
|
||||
<\itemize>
|
||||
<item>Searching texts, formulas, certain environments etc.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Query replace.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Mathematical facilities: simplification of a selected region,
|
||||
substitutions of formulas in other formulas, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Version control.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Data compression and protection.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Grammar checkers and automatic translation programs. Does someone
|
||||
know where to find detailed free dictionaries and stuff like that?
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Incorporation of free speech recognition program.
|
||||
</itemize>
|
||||
|
||||
<section|A universal spreadsheet>
|
||||
|
||||
We would like to incorporate a ``universal spreadsheet'' facility into
|
||||
<TeXmacs>. The idea is that all dependencies between the cells in the sheet
|
||||
are analyzed by <TeXmacs>, but all actual computations are delegated to an
|
||||
extern system of your choice, like one of the currently supported computer
|
||||
algebra systems. Also, the data of the spreadsheet will not necessarily be
|
||||
formatted in a rectangular table; one can also imagine dependencies between
|
||||
nodes of a tree, elements of a graph, or anything else.
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Technical pictures>
|
||||
|
||||
I also would like to include a facility for drawing technical pictures. In
|
||||
this implementation you should be able to benefit from the fact that you
|
||||
can define macros for making geometrical constructions. It would for
|
||||
instance be possible to write a style file for drawing electronic circuits
|
||||
or chemical components with a nice icon bar for selecting circuits or
|
||||
components, just as you select lines and circles in usual pictures.
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Interface with computer algebra systems>
|
||||
|
||||
The following improvements should still be made in order to link
|
||||
<apply|TeXmacs> to computer algebra systems:
|
||||
|
||||
<\enumerate>
|
||||
<item>Improving the layout of computer algebra sessions.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Add extra features to increase the interoperability between
|
||||
<apply|TeXmacs> and computer algebra systems and to give additional
|
||||
control over the layout of big output.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>More semantics for the objects being communicated. This may either
|
||||
be high level information (like Openmath or HTML 4.0 mathematical markup)
|
||||
or low level information (including information about the representation
|
||||
of data), depending on the required speed.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Further possibilities for evolution concern highlighting, debugging
|
||||
facilities and so on.
|
||||
</enumerate>
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Interaction with other GNU-like projects>
|
||||
|
||||
It might be nice to increase the interaction between <apply|TeXmacs> and
|
||||
other GNU-like projects, such as Gnome or multiplatform GUI's. This might
|
||||
facilitate the incorporation of extern data into <apply|TeXmacs> documents
|
||||
or increase the number of supported platforms. On the other hand, several
|
||||
<apply|TeXmacs> features, such as its font handling, might be interesting
|
||||
for other projects too.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|english>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|1|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|2|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|3|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|4|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|5|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|6|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|toc>
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|1<space|2spc>Typesetting><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-1><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|2<space|2spc>Extra facilities for editing
|
||||
texts><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-2><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|3<space|2spc>A universal
|
||||
spreadsheet><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-3><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|4<space|2spc>Technical
|
||||
pictures><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-4><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|5<space|2spc>Interface with computer algebra
|
||||
systems><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-5><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|6<space|2spc>Interaction with other GNU-like
|
||||
projects><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-6><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Planes para el futuro>
|
||||
|
||||
<with|color|red|[Debería ser actualizado]>
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Composición tipográfica>
|
||||
|
||||
Algunas facilidades importantes de composición tipográfica que aún no han
|
||||
sido implementadas son las siguientes
|
||||
|
||||
<\itemize>
|
||||
<item>Separación de un documento en varias partes.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Objetos dinámicos como en HTML.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Ambientes para las interfaces con sistemas de algebra
|
||||
computacional.\
|
||||
</itemize>
|
||||
|
||||
Muchas facilidades menores deben también ser completadas. Listamos unas
|
||||
pocas de ellas:
|
||||
|
||||
<\itemize>
|
||||
<item>Considerar fracciones como operadores
|
||||
<with|mode|math|\<Rightarrow\>> espacios antes y después. Similarmente
|
||||
para scripts <with|mode|math|\<Rightarrow\>> pequeño espacio antes de
|
||||
scripts izquieros and después de scripts derechos.
|
||||
</itemize>
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Facilidades extra para edición de textos>
|
||||
|
||||
Aunque el movimiento del curso, selecciones, etc. han sido ya
|
||||
implementadas, algunas otras facilidades de edición estándar no han sido
|
||||
aún completadas. Permítanos mencionar unas pocas de ellas:
|
||||
|
||||
<\itemize>
|
||||
<item>Buscar textos, fórmulas ciertos entornos, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Reemplzao de consulta.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Facilidades matemáticas: simplificación de una región seleccionada,
|
||||
sustituciones de fómrulas en otras fórmulas, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Control de version\
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Compresión y protección de datos.\
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Revisores gramaticales y programas de traducción automáticas. Sabe
|
||||
alguien donde encontrar diccionarios libres detallados y cosas como esas?
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Incorporación de un pgorama de reconocimiento de habla libre.
|
||||
</itemize>
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Una hoja de cálculo universal>
|
||||
|
||||
Nos gustaría incorporar una facilidad de "hoja de cálculo universal" en
|
||||
<TeXmacs>. La idea es que todas las dependencias entre las celdas en una
|
||||
hoja son analizadas por <TeXmacs>, pero todas las computaciones actuales
|
||||
son delegadas a un sistema externo de su elección, como alguno de los
|
||||
sistemas de álgebra computacional soportados actualmente. También, los
|
||||
datos en la hoja de cálculo no necesariamente están formateados en una
|
||||
tabla rectangular; uno puede también imaginar dependencias entre los nodos
|
||||
de un árbol, elementos de un grafo, o cualquier otra cosa.
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Diagramas técnicos>
|
||||
|
||||
Me gustaría también incluir una facilidad para dibujar diagramas técnicos.
|
||||
En esta implementación usted debería ser capaz de beneficiarse del hecho de
|
||||
que puede definir macros para hacer construcciones geométricas. Sería por
|
||||
ejemplo posible escribir un estilo para dibujar circuitos electrónicos o
|
||||
componentes químicos con una agradable barra de herramientas para
|
||||
seleccionar circuidos o componetes, justo como usted selecciona líneas y
|
||||
círculos en los dibujos usuales.
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Interface con sistemas de álgebra computacional>
|
||||
|
||||
Las siguientes mejoras deberían aún ser hechas a fin de enlazar
|
||||
<apply|TeXmacs> a sistemas de álgebra computacional:
|
||||
|
||||
<\enumerate>
|
||||
<item>Mejorar el estrato de las sesiones de álgebra computacional.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Adicionar características extra para incrementar la
|
||||
interoperabilidad entre <apply|TeXmacs> y sistemas de álgebra
|
||||
computacional para dar un control adicional sobre el estrato de una
|
||||
salida grande.)
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Más semántica para los objetos siendo comunicados. Esto bien puede
|
||||
ser información de alto nivel (como Openmath o el etiquetamiento
|
||||
matemático) o información de bajo nivel (incluyendo información sobre la
|
||||
representación de los datos), dependiendo de la velocidad requerida.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Posibilidades futuras para la evolución concerniente a relsaltado,
|
||||
facilidades de depuración y cosas por el estilo.
|
||||
</enumerate>
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Interacción con otros proyectos estilo-GNU>
|
||||
|
||||
Podría ser agradable incrementar la interacción entre <apply|TeXmacs> y
|
||||
otros proyectos estilo-GNU, tales como Gnome o GUI's multiplataforma. Esto
|
||||
podría facilitar la incorporación de datos externos dentro de documentos
|
||||
<apply|TeXmacs> o incrementar el número de plataformas soportadas. Por otro
|
||||
lado, varias características <apply|TeXmacs>, tales como manejo de fuentes,
|
||||
podrían ser interesantes para otros proyectos también.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven, Offray Vladimir
|
||||
Luna Cárdenas>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Se garantiza el permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o
|
||||
modificar este documento bajo los terminos de la GNU Free Documentation
|
||||
License, Versión 1.1 o cualquier versión posterior publicada por la Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; sin Secciones Invariantes, sin Textos de Portada, y
|
||||
sin Textos de Contraportada. Una copia de la licencia está incluida en la
|
||||
sección titulada "GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|spanish>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|1|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|2|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|3|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|4|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|5|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|6|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|toc>
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|1<space|2spc>Composición
|
||||
tipográfica><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-1><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|2<space|2spc>Facilidades extra para edición de
|
||||
textos><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-2><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|3<space|2spc>Una hoja de cálculo
|
||||
universal><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-3><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|4<space|2spc>Diagramas
|
||||
técnicos><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-4><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|5<space|2spc>Interface con sistemas de álgebra
|
||||
computacional><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-5><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|6<space|2spc>Interacción con otros proyectos
|
||||
estilo-GNU><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-6><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,186 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.11>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Plans pour l'avenir>
|
||||
|
||||
<with|color|red|[Doit être mis à jour]>
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Mise en page>
|
||||
|
||||
Certains outils de mise en page n'ont pas encore été implémentés. Ce sont
|
||||
les suivants :
|
||||
|
||||
<\itemize>
|
||||
<item>Séparation d'un document en plusieurs parties.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Objets dynamiques, comme dans HTML.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Environnements pour les interfaces de logiciels de calcul formel.
|
||||
</itemize>
|
||||
|
||||
Certains outils moins importants doivent être complétés. En voici une liste
|
||||
non exhaustive :
|
||||
|
||||
<\itemize>
|
||||
<item>Considérer les fractions comme des opérateurs
|
||||
<with|mode|math|\<Rightarrow\>> espaces avant et après. Idem pour les
|
||||
indices et exposants <with|mode|math|\<Rightarrow\>> petite espace avant
|
||||
quand ils sont placés à gauche et petite espace après lorsqu'ils sont
|
||||
placés à droite.
|
||||
</itemize>
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Outils d'édition de texte>
|
||||
|
||||
Bien que les mouvements du curseur, les sélections, etc... soient déjà
|
||||
gérés, il reste à parfaire certains outils d'édition standards. Par exemple
|
||||
:
|
||||
|
||||
<\itemize>
|
||||
<item>Recherche dans du texte, des formules, dans certains environnement,
|
||||
etc...
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Demande de remplacement.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Outils mathématiques : simplification d'une région sélectionnée,
|
||||
substitutions de formules à l'intérieur d'autres formules, etc...
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Contrôle de version.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Compression et protection de données.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Correcteurs grammaticaux et programmes de traduction automatiques.
|
||||
Si vous savez où trouvez des dictionnaires exhaustifs libres de droits ou
|
||||
du matériel se rapportant à la traduction, n'hésitez pas à nous en faire
|
||||
part.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Intégration d'un programme libre de reconnaissance vocale.
|
||||
</itemize>
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Tableur universel>
|
||||
|
||||
Nous aimerions incorporer un <space|0.2spc>tableur
|
||||
universel<space|0.2spc> dans <TeXmacs>. L'idée est que toutes les
|
||||
dépendances entre les cellules de la feuille de calcul soient analysées par
|
||||
<TeXmacs>, mais que les calculs réels soient délégués au système externe
|
||||
que vous aurez choisi, par exemple l'un de ceux qui sont gérés par les
|
||||
logiciels de calcul formel. Les données de la feuille de calcul ne seraient
|
||||
pas forcément formatées dans un tableau rectangulaire ; on peut imaginer
|
||||
des dépendances entre les noeuds d'un arbre, les éléments d'un graphe ou
|
||||
n'importe quoi d'autre.
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Graphiques techniques>
|
||||
|
||||
J'aimerais également incorporer un outil de dessin de graphiques
|
||||
techniques. On pourrait alors utiliser des macros définies par
|
||||
l'utilisateur pour faire des constructions géométriques. Il serait
|
||||
possible, par exemple, d'écrire un fichier de style pour dessiner des
|
||||
circuits électroniques ou des composants chimiques avec une barre d'icône
|
||||
pour accéder aux circuits ou composants voulus, de la même façon qu'on peut
|
||||
le faire pour sélectionner des lignes et des cercles dans les dessins
|
||||
ordinaires.
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Interface avec les logiciels de calcul formel>
|
||||
|
||||
Les changements suivants doivent être faits pour pouvoir relier
|
||||
<apply|TeXmacs> aux logiciels de calcul formel :
|
||||
|
||||
<\enumerate>
|
||||
<item>Amélioration de la présentation des sessions de calcul formel.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Ajout de fonctionnalités nouvelles pour augmenter
|
||||
l'interopérabilité entre <apply|TeXmacs> et les logiciels de calcul
|
||||
formel et pour permettre un contrôle plus grand de la présentation de
|
||||
sorties longues.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Sémantique étendue au niveau de la communication entre objets. Ce
|
||||
pourrait être soit des informations de haut niveau (comme les balises
|
||||
mathématiques Openmath ou HTML 4.0) ou des informations de bas niveau (y
|
||||
compris celles concernant la représentation des données), selon la
|
||||
vitesse d'exécution requise.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Autres possibilités d'évolution : mise en surbrillance, débogage,
|
||||
etc...
|
||||
</enumerate>
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Interaction avec d'autres projets de type GNU>
|
||||
|
||||
Il serait bon d'augmenter l'interaction entre <apply|TeXmacs> et d'autres
|
||||
projets de type GNU, tels Gnome ou des GUIs multi-plateformes. Cela
|
||||
faciliterait l'intégration de données externes dans les documents
|
||||
<apply|TeXmacs> et augmenterait le nombre de plateformes supportées. D'un
|
||||
autre côté, certaines fonctionnalités propres à <apply|TeXmacs>, telle la
|
||||
gestion des polices, peuvent intéresser d'autres projets.
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven|Michèle Garoche>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|french>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|1|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|2|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|3|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|4|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|5|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|6|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|toc>
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|1<space|2spc>Typesetting><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-1><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|2<space|2spc>Extra facilities for editing
|
||||
texts><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-2><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|3<space|2spc>A universal
|
||||
spreadsheet><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-3><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|4<space|2spc>Technical
|
||||
pictures><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-4><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|5<space|2spc>Interface with computer algebra
|
||||
systems><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-5><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|6<space|2spc>Interaction with other GNU-like
|
||||
projects><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-6><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.11>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Improving the current implementation>
|
||||
|
||||
<with|color|red|[Should be updated]>
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Memory management>
|
||||
|
||||
If I have the courage, I might one day write a garbage collector for
|
||||
<apply|TeXmacs>.
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Graphical interface>
|
||||
|
||||
We wish to move towards <with|font shape|small-caps|Guile-Gtk> or another
|
||||
portable graphical user interface.
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Encodings and fonts>
|
||||
|
||||
<\itemize>
|
||||
<item>Some changes have still to be made in the way font encodings are
|
||||
handled. This should make it easier to maintain fonts with characters
|
||||
from several physical fonts, virtual fonts, special characters, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Currently, the current logical font is determined from a fixed set
|
||||
of environment variables only. The current typesetting font should rather
|
||||
be a tree (instead of a string), which is evaluated (so that environment
|
||||
variables are replaced) and then passed to
|
||||
<verbatim|find_font(display,tree)>. The current font can then be a joined
|
||||
font and future fonts might depend on user environment variables (i.e.
|
||||
colored fonts, using more than one color).
|
||||
</itemize>
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Speed>
|
||||
|
||||
In order to speed up the program, we already made the major change that not
|
||||
the whole document is typeset again when making local changes. However,
|
||||
several other main optimizations should still be made:
|
||||
|
||||
<\itemize>
|
||||
<item>Improving the speed of loading (and saving) files. This will
|
||||
accelerate loading fonts.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Encode the system environment variables; this will globally
|
||||
accelerate the program.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>The way system style environment variables are handled for
|
||||
typesetting concats and paragraphs is far from optimal. Some serious
|
||||
rethinking should be undertaken here.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>The computation of the current context at a given cursor position
|
||||
takes a lot of time, especially the computation of the environment. This
|
||||
slows down the cursor movement for complex texts using <TeX> fonts (it
|
||||
scrolls much quicklier when using X fonts).
|
||||
</itemize>
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Miscellaneous changes>
|
||||
|
||||
The following ad hoc implementations should be changed or made more robust:
|
||||
|
||||
<\itemize>
|
||||
<item>Cursor movement along lines of a paragraph (when moving to the
|
||||
right at the end of a line, the cursor should jump to the start of the
|
||||
next line).
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Widths of fraction bar, square root upper line and negations.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Boxes should not have origins; its children should have positions
|
||||
instead.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Clear separation between files which depend on the system (i.e.
|
||||
<verbatim|fast_alloc.cpp>, <verbatim|file.hpp>, <verbatim|dir.hpp>) in some
|
||||
directory and the others.
|
||||
</itemize>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|english>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|1|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|2|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|3|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|4|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|5|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|toc>
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|1<space|2spc>Memory
|
||||
management><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-1><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|2<space|2spc>Graphical
|
||||
interface><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-2><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|3<space|2spc>Encodings and
|
||||
fonts><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-3><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|4<space|2spc>Speed><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-4><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|5<space|2spc>Miscellaneous
|
||||
changes><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-5><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Mejorar la implementación actual >
|
||||
|
||||
<with|color|red|[Debería ser actualizado]>
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Administración de memoria>
|
||||
|
||||
Si tengo el corage, podría un dia escribir un recolector de basura para
|
||||
<apply|TeXmacs>.
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Interface gráfica>
|
||||
|
||||
Deseamos movernos hacia <with|font shape|small-caps|Guile-Gtk> u otra
|
||||
interface gráfica de usuario portable.\
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Codificaciones y fuentes>
|
||||
|
||||
<\itemize>
|
||||
<item>Algunos cambios tienen todavía que ser hechos en la forma como las
|
||||
codificaciones de fuentes son manejadas. Esto debería hacer más fácil
|
||||
mantener fuentes con caracteres de varias fuentes físicas, fuentes
|
||||
virtuales, caracteres especiales, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Actualmente, la fuente lógica actual es determinada desde un
|
||||
conjunto fijo de variables de enterno únicamente. La composición
|
||||
tipográfica actual debería ser más bien un árbol (en lugar de una
|
||||
cadena), el cual es evaluado (así que las variables de entorno son
|
||||
reemplazadas) y entonces pasadas a <verbatim|find_font(display,tree)>. La
|
||||
fuente actual puede entonces ser una fuente junta y las futuras fuentes
|
||||
puede depender de variables de entorno del usuario (e.j. fuentes
|
||||
coloreadas, usar más de un color).
|
||||
</itemize>
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Velocidad>
|
||||
|
||||
A fin de hacer más rápido el programa, hemos ya hecho un cambio importante
|
||||
y es que no todo el documento será compuesto tipográficamente cuando se
|
||||
hagan cambios locales. Sin embargo varias otras optimizaciones deberían aún
|
||||
ser hechas:
|
||||
|
||||
<\itemize>
|
||||
<item>Mejorar la velocidad para cargar (y salvar) archivos. Esto
|
||||
acelerará la carga de fuentes.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Codificar las variables de entorno del sistema; esto acelerará
|
||||
globalmente el programa.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>La forma en que las variables de entorno de estilo son manejadas
|
||||
por los concatenantes del sistema de composición tipográfica y los
|
||||
párrafos está lejos de lo óptimo. Algún repensamiento serio debería ser
|
||||
emprendido aquí.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>La computación del contexto actual en una posición dada del cursor
|
||||
toma mucho tiempo, especialmente la computación del entorno. Esto hace
|
||||
lento el movimiento del cursor para textos complejos. usando fuentes
|
||||
<TeX> (se desplaza mucho más rápido cuando se usan fuentes X).
|
||||
</itemize>
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Cambios misceláneos>
|
||||
|
||||
Las siguientes implementaciones <em|ad hoc> deberían ser cambiadas o hechas
|
||||
más robustas:
|
||||
|
||||
<\itemize>
|
||||
<item>El movimiento del cursos dentro de líneas de un párrafo (cuando se
|
||||
mueve a la derecha al final de la línea, el cursor debería saltar al
|
||||
comienzo de la próxima línea).
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Anchos de la barra de fracción, la línea superior de la raíz
|
||||
cuadrada y las negaciones.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Las cajas no deberían tener orígenes, sus hijos deberían tener
|
||||
posiciones en su lugar.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Separación clara entre archivos de los cuales depende el sistem
|
||||
(e.j. <verbatim|fast_alloc.cpp>, <verbatim|file.hpp>, <verbatim|dir.hpp>) en
|
||||
algún directorio y los otros.
|
||||
</itemize>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven, Offray Vladimir
|
||||
Luna Cárdenas>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Se garantiza el permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o
|
||||
modificar este documento bajo los terminos de la GNU Free Documentation
|
||||
License, Versión 1.1 o cualquier versión posterior publicada por la Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; sin Secciones Invariantes, sin Textos de Portada, y
|
||||
sin Textos de Contraportada. Una copia de la licencia está incluida en la
|
||||
sección titulada "GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|spanish>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|1|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|2|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|3|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|4|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|5|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|toc>
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|1<space|2spc>Administración de
|
||||
memoria><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-1><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|2<space|2spc>Interface
|
||||
gráfica><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-2><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|3<space|2spc>Codificaciones y
|
||||
fuentes><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-3><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|4<space|2spc>Velocidad><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-4><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|5<space|2spc>Cambios
|
||||
misceláneos><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-5><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.11>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Amélioration de l'implémentation actuelle>
|
||||
|
||||
<with|color|red|[Doit être mis à jour]>
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Gestion de la mémoire>
|
||||
|
||||
Si j'en ai le courage, j'écrirais peut-être un jour un collecteur d'espace
|
||||
mémoire pour <apply|TeXmacs>.
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Interface graphique>
|
||||
|
||||
Nous souhaitons passer à <with|font shape|small-caps|Guile-Gtk> ou à toute
|
||||
autre interface graphique portable.
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Encodage et polices>
|
||||
|
||||
<\itemize>
|
||||
<item>Il reste encore quelques changements à faire dans la façon dont
|
||||
l'encodage des polices est gérée. Ceci devrait faciliter la maintenance
|
||||
de polices comportant des caractères issus de différentes polices
|
||||
physiques, virtuelles, des caractères spéciaux, etc...
|
||||
|
||||
<item>À l'heure actuelle, la police logique active n'est déterminée qu'à
|
||||
partir d'un jeu donnée de variables d'environnement. Il faudrait que la
|
||||
police logique soit représentée par un arbre (au lieu d'une chaîne de
|
||||
caractères), qui serait évalué (de façon à permettre le remplacement des
|
||||
variables d'environnement), puis l'ensemble serait passé à
|
||||
<verbatim|find_font(display,tree)>. La police active serait alors une
|
||||
police fusionnée et les polices pourraient alors dépendre des variables
|
||||
d'environnement (polices à plusieurs couleurs)..
|
||||
</itemize>
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Vitesse>
|
||||
|
||||
Pour accélérer la vitesse d'exécution du programme, un document n'est pas
|
||||
mis à jour dans son entier chaque fois qu'il subit une modification.
|
||||
Néanmoins, il reste à mettre en place certaines changements :
|
||||
|
||||
<\itemize>
|
||||
<item>Améliorer la vitesse de chargement (et de sauvegarde) des fichiers.
|
||||
Cela accélérera le chargement des polices.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Encoder les variables d'environnement système ; cela accélérera le
|
||||
programme dans son entier.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Repenser complètement la façon dont les variables système
|
||||
d'environnement de style sont gérées lors de la mise en page des
|
||||
concaténations et de paragraphes ; elle est loin d'être optimale.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Améliorer l'évaluation du contexte actif sous le curseur, en
|
||||
particulier l'évaluation de l'environnement. Ce processus prend beaucoup
|
||||
de temps actuellement et ralentit la vitesse de déplacement du curseur
|
||||
dans les documents complexes utilisant les polices <TeX> (le défilement
|
||||
du texte est bien plus rapide quand on utilise des polices X).
|
||||
</itemize>
|
||||
|
||||
<section|Changements divers>
|
||||
|
||||
Il faudrait changer ou stabiliser les implémentations suivantes :
|
||||
|
||||
<\itemize>
|
||||
<item>Mouvement du curseur entre les lignes d'un même paragraphe (il
|
||||
faudrait que le curseur passe au début de la ligne suivante quand on le
|
||||
déplace après la fin de la ligne précédente).
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Largeurs des barres de fraction, des lignes supérieures des
|
||||
symboles de racine carrée et du signe barré.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Les cadres ne devraient pas avoir d'origines, mais leurs héritiers
|
||||
devraient avoir une position.
|
||||
|
||||
<item>Séparation claire entre les fichiers qui dépendent du système (par
|
||||
exemple : <verbatim|fast_alloc.cpp>, <verbatim|file.hpp>,
|
||||
<verbatim|dir.hpp>) dans certains répertoires et les autres.
|
||||
</itemize>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2003|Joris van der Hoeven|Michèle Garoche>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|french>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|1|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|2|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|3|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|4|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|5|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|toc>
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|1<space|2spc>Memory
|
||||
management><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-1><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|2<space|2spc>Graphical
|
||||
interface><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-2><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|3<space|2spc>Encodings and
|
||||
fonts><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-3><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|4<space|2spc>Speed><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-4><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
|
||||
<vspace*|1fn><with|font series|<quote|bold>|math font
|
||||
series|<quote|bold>|5<space|2spc>Miscellaneous
|
||||
changes><value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-5><vspace|0.5fn>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.0.17>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Projects for the future>
|
||||
|
||||
<\traverse>
|
||||
<branch|Improving the current implementation|improvements|improvements.en\
|
||||
.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<branch|Plans for the future|plans|future.en.tm>
|
||||
</traverse>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|english>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|4.|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
||||
<\auxiliary>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<\associate|toc>
|
||||
Typesetting<value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-1>
|
||||
|
||||
Extra facilities for editing texts<value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-2>
|
||||
|
||||
Technical pictures<value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-3>
|
||||
|
||||
Interface with computer algebra systems<value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-4>
|
||||
|
||||
Interaction with other GNU-like projects<value|toc-dots><pageref|toc-5>
|
||||
</associate>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</auxiliary>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Proyectos para el futuro>
|
||||
|
||||
<\traverse>
|
||||
<apply|branch|Mejorar la implementación actual|improvements.es.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|branch|Planes para el futuro|future.es.tm>
|
||||
</traverse>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven, Offray Vladimir
|
||||
Luna Cárdenas>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Se garantiza el permiso para copiar, distribuir y/o
|
||||
modificar este documento bajo los terminos de la GNU Free Documentation
|
||||
License, Versión 1.1 o cualquier versión posterior publicada por la Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; sin Secciones Invariantes, sin Textos de Portada, y
|
||||
sin Textos de Contraportada. Una copia de la licencia está incluida en la
|
||||
sección titulada "GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|spanish>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|4.|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
|
|||
<TeXmacs|1.0.1.11>
|
||||
|
||||
<style|tmdoc>
|
||||
|
||||
<\body>
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-title|Projets pour l'avenir>
|
||||
|
||||
<\traverse>
|
||||
<apply|branch|Amélioration de l'implémentation
|
||||
actuelle|improvements.fr.tm>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|branch|Plans pour l'avenir|future.fr.tm>
|
||||
</traverse>
|
||||
|
||||
<apply|tmdoc-copyright|1998--2002|Joris van der Hoeven|Michèle Garoche>
|
||||
|
||||
<expand|tmdoc-license|Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
|
||||
modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
|
||||
Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
||||
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
||||
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
|
||||
"GNU Free Documentation License".>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
|
||||
<\initial>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|paragraph width|150mm>
|
||||
<associate|odd page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|shrinking factor|4>
|
||||
<associate|page right margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|page top margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page right margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page type|a4>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page bottom margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|even page margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page left margin|25mm>
|
||||
<associate|page bottom margin|30mm>
|
||||
<associate|reduction page top margin|15mm>
|
||||
<associate|language|french>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</initial>
|
||||
|
||||
<\references>
|
||||
<\collection>
|
||||
<associate|idx-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-1|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|idx-2|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-3|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-4|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-5|<tuple|4.|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-6|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-7|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
<associate|toc-8|<tuple|<uninit>|?>>
|
||||
</collection>
|
||||
</references>
|
||||
Loading…
Reference in New Issue